Brain Bank - Solutions (P+C+M)
Brain Bank - Solutions (P+C+M)
Brain Bank - Solutions (P+C+M)
JEE ADVANCED
BRAIN BANK
SOLUTIONS
(Physics+Chemistry+Mathematics)
1
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
2
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
CONTENTS
1. Physics -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 05
3. Mathematics--------------------------------------------------------------------- 233
3
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
4
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
PHYSICS
SUBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. a) Since three radiations are emitted, therefore, the final excited state of the gas is n = 3.
The initial state of the gas atoms is
n = 2 as all the wavelengths are smaller and the energy will be higher.
n=3
n=2
n=1
2 1 1 2 5
b) 13.6 Z 2 2 68 or 13.6Z 68 Z 6
2 3 36
c) The minimum wavelength corresponds to the transition n = 3 to n = 1.
1 1 1 9 9 o
RZ2 2 2 ; or min 28.5 A
min 1 3 8RZ 2 8 1.097 102 6
2
1 1 o
25.32 A
RZ 2
1.097 107 6 2
2. Image of rod will just touch the rod only when one end of rod is at ‘C’ center of curvature. So we have two
options as illustrated in following figures.
B A A B
C F C F
(i) (ii)
If ' l ' be the length of image
In case I
1 3 1 7 7 f
VB f and l = f 2
VB 7f f 4 4 4
as l' < l this is definitely not the case.
In case II
1 3 1 5f 5 f
VB and l = f 2
VB 5f f 2 2 2
l 3
And the required linear magnification
l 2
5
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
2a
0 1 1
3. a) Flux through the square loop 4 2I
0
x 3a x
adx 0 Ia4 ln 2
4
dx
a
I I
d
Induced emf e 0 aI0 ln 2 cos t
dt
Charge on the capacitor
0
Q Ce C aI0 ln 2 cos t Q 0 cos t say
dQ 0 0
Current in the loop CI0 2 n ln 2sin t ; I max CI 0 a 2 ln 2
dt
Q
Q0
/2 / /2 t
b)
2/
–Q0
4. (a) Assuming a small strip at a distance x from the apex.
b
dA xdx
h
Let I be the current flowing in the straight wire, then magnetic field at the location of the strip is
x dx
0 I 0 Ib xdx
a B d BdA
2 a x ; 2h a x
0 Ib b a 0 Ib ah
1
2h a a x
dx ;
2h h a ln
a
0 b ah
The coefficient of mutual induction is given by M h a ln
I 2h a
M
410 0.2 0.1 0.1ln
7
10 10
1.22 108 H
2 0.1 10
6
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
l
Resistance of the triangular conductor is R
A
R 1.8 10 8
0.48 4
10 3 10 6 m 2 ; 1.1 102
2
A
4 4 3.14 106
Force on block F qv B a sin ˆi cos ˆj v2 kˆ B0 ˆj
Acceleration of block a z
qB0 sin ˆ
m
k
dv qaB0 qaB0 t qaB0
2 sin t ; v2 sin t dt 1 cos t
dt m m 0 m
t
dz qaB0 qaB0
dt
m
1 cos t ; dz
m 1 cos t dt
0
t
qaB0 sin t qaB0 sin t
z t m t
m 0
qaB0 sin t m
a t ; B0
m t sin t q
7
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
6. (a) Due to symmetry the points of equal potential are joined together, and the circuit may be reduced as
r r r r 3
R 13 r
2 4 4 2 2
1 5 2 6 3
7 9 8
3
Here, r 4 , R 13 4 6
2
24 24
Thus, I R 6 4A
13
R13 2r 2 4 8
24
I 3A
8
I
V56 2r Ir 3 4 12V
2
5 6
r r r r
1 9 3
r r
7 8
r r
4
I rI rI 4 3
Now, V97 V17 V19 r 2 6V
2 2 2 2
q 97 CV97 2 6 12C
Similarly, q89 12 C
8
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
Q 6Q
7. Charge density
4 2 R
3
7 R 3
R
3 2
4 3 4 R
3
R
3 3 2 R 3 7x 4R
V
4 0 x R 30 4x 2x R
4 0 x
2
4 3 4 R
3
R 1
3 2 R
3
3 1
Similarly, E 2 2
40 x 2 30 x 2 2x R
2
R
40 x
2
L 3
x1 x 2 x 3 LT T LT ---(1)
2 2
Considering the F.B.D.s of the two rods
x1 2x 2 3x 3
x1 x 1 3
x1 LT
2 3 2
9
x1 LT
11
Energy stored in spring, of spring constant k.
1 2 81 2 2 2
E1 kx1 kL T
2 242
81 2 2 2 27
Similarly E 2 kL T and E 3 kL2 2 T 2
484 242
9
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
dy
Particle velocity, v p v -------(1), v = wave velocity..
dx
dy
slope at point P = tan 60o 3
dx
dy
As vp and are both positive hence v must be negative, hence the wave is moving in negative x-axis.
dx
(b) The equation of the wave
y a sin t kx --------(2)
2 1
2n and k v 2 cm
3 3
0 a sin 0 which gives
4 4
3
hence,
4
20 3 v tan 60o ;
v = –20 cm/s (–sign because wave is moving in negative direction.)
v
Hence, n 5Hz
Hence, 2 5 10
Substituting the values of a, , k and
We get, y 0.4sin 10t x
2 6
x 1
or y 0.4 sin 2 5t
4 12
10
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
4T
10. Excess pressure inside a soap bubble is
r
If P is the atmospheric pressure
4T 4T 1 1 4T 1 1 1 rr
P1 P, P2 P; P1 P2 4T ; r12 1 2
r1 r2 r1 r2 r12 r12 r1 r2 | r1 r2 |
If r1 r2 , P2 P1 and the intermediate film bulges towards the centre of circle of radius r1.
If r1 – r2 = 2 cm. The intermediate film is a plane symmetrical positioned. The 3 films due to the two bubbles
and the intermediate film meet at a common circle with diameter AB. These 3 films produce 3 forces at every
point of this circle.
Since the surface tension T is the same for all the films.
| F1 | | F2 | | F12 |
F1 F2
A
r r
30o
O1 O2
C
F12
Equilibrium at any point such as A is possible only if the three forces are at 120o to one another.
1 1 3
O1C r; br r r
2 2 2
2
3 3 9r 2
Volume of the bubble before bursting r 3r r
32 2 8
If R is the radius of the combined bubble after bursting the intermediate film,
4R 3 9r 3 9r 3
2
3 8 4
2
11. Let 0 = the angular velocity of earth above its axis = rad./hr .
24
2
Let be the angular velocity of satellite.; .
1.5
For a satellite rotating from west to east (same as earth), the relative angular velocity 1 0 .
2
Time period of rotation relative to earth = 1.6 h
l
Now, for a satellite rotating from east to west (opposite to earth) the relative angular velocity 2 0 .
2 24
Time period of rotation relative to earth hr
2 17
11
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
12. Let P and Q be the components of reaction of pivot on the cube along and perpendicular to the OC.
2
M.I. of the cube about O is Ma 2
3
a 2 3 g sin
Mg sin / Ma 2
I 2 3 2 2 a
a 2
Now along OC, Mg cos P M
2
Q P
mg
O
a
Perpendicular to OC, Mg sin Q M
2
Q Mg sin / 4
3g I cos
Integrating , we get
2
-----(1)
a 2
3g 1 cos 3 5
P Mg cos Ma Mg Mg cos
2a 2 2
3 4
When P 0, cos , sin
5 5
3
Now horizontal component of reaction is P sin Q cos Mg
25
4
Vertical component of reaction is P cos Q sin Mg
25
13. The sphere will reach the plank with speed v0 10gr (in horizontal direction).
FBD of the sphere when it moves on the plank.
N1 = mg ------(i)
a sphere gi (as f1 N1 kinetic friction)
vsphere va gt i
12
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
cm ngi k
mgrt ˆi 5g ˆ
sphere ti
Icm 2r
N1 Y(j)
N2
f1
X(i)
Z f2
f1
mg mg + N1
FBD of plank,
N 2 mg N1 2mg ------(iv)
mg
f2 N 2 2mg ---------(v)
4 4 2
f f ˆi g
a plank 1 2 ˆi
m 2
g
= î
2
For pure cooling, vsph r v
(Here r is the position vector of the lower most point of the sphere with respect to the centre of the sphere).
5gt ˆ g ˆ
v 0 gt ˆi i ti
2 2
v0
t
4g
1 g v02 v20
Distance moved by the plank during this time is s
2 2 16 g 2 64 g
mg v2 mv02 5
W 0 mgr
2 64g 128 64
14. (a) Conservation of momentum,
mc vc m A mC v1; v1 - common velocity of (A + C) mass.
ms vs 1 10
v1 5 m/s
m A mC 2
13
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
String stacks and B starts moving downwards under acc = g sin 45o.
(A + C) moves under retardation of g sin 45o and come to rest after time.
1
5 10 t t 0.707 sec.
2
Distance moved in this time
v12 55 2 5
s1 2 1.76 m
2g sin 45 o
2 10 4
Now, string will again become taut and (A + C) will experience a jerk.
Velocity of B at this time = 5 m/s.
for B: 1 × 5 – J = 1 × v2; J = impulse generated.
for (A + C) : J – 2 × v2; v2 = common velocity of (A + C) after string has become taut.
5
v 2 m/s
3
Now (A + C) will start moving upward with v2 velocity under retardation.
m A C m B 2 1 1 10
a g sin 45o 10 m/s 2
m
AC mB 3 2 3 2
s2
5 / 3 5 / 3 5
m 0.59 m
2 10 3 2 6 2
25 1 25
1 J
2 3 3
25 4 25 100
Net loss 25 33.33 J
3 3 3
14
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
15.
m1
k
m2 m1
v m 2g
m1 m1 x
k
k m1 v=0
k
m2 m2 m2 m2
Spring Maximum Spring Extension
Relaxed Compression Relaxed m 2g
x
k
1 1
Using energy conservation m1v 2 m1gx kx 2
2 2
Since v 2 2gH and for the block M2 to just lift off,
mg m g 1 m g
2
m 2g 2m1 m 2
x 2 , m1gH m1g 2 K 2 ; or, H K 2m
K K 2 K 1
16. WN = work done by normal reaction = 0
1
Wspring k R
2
Wg mgR sin ;
2
WF FR; W KE
R
O
1 1
mgR sin kR 2 2 FR mv 2
2 2
mv 2 2mgR sin kR 2 2 2FR --------(i)
mv2 mv 2
Also, mg sin N ; N mg sin
R R
mg sin 2mg sin kR2 2F using equation (i)
15
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
17. In order to achieve a minimum of F, it should be directed as shown in the figure. The value of can be found
using the FBD of the block.
Normal to the incline, N mg cos Fsin --------(i)
N N
F
mg
mg sin cos 1 2
Fmin
1
Mg M
T
m
mg
From equation(1) and (2), mg Mg a 0 M m
4
5m
a0
M g / M m
5m 4M g T
M 5m 4M g
Mg
4 4M m ; 4 M m
16
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
2v02 2v
v0 t , t 0
g g
dy 1 2
If y is the height of balloon at any instant t and its velocity then s ut at
dt 2
2
dy 2v 1 2v
dy
g
y v0 0
y 0 g 0 ;
dt g 2 g dt 2v 0
dy
dt 2v0 g
g l n v0 y t c
v0 y ;
2v 0 g 2v0
2v 20
gt
2v0
At t 0, y 0 c l n v0 ; Simplifying, we get g 1 e 2v 0
g
20. a) Consider a strip at a distance x from the wire of thickness dx.
0 Ia
Magnetic flux associated with this strip B x adx dx
2x
0 Ia a dx 2a dx 0 Ia a
2
2 x a x 2 a 2a
ln
a
2
M a
M 0 ln
I primary ; 2 a 2a
dl
b) M ; MI0
dt
2
a
2
ln
0
I0 at
2 2 a 2a
Heat produced t
R 8
17
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
Q
21. Consider a ring of radius r, width dr and charge on ring dq 2 rdr
R 2
d
Induced emf in ring E.d B.ds ; Let E is electric field in circular loop
dt
dB r.k
Then E.2r r r 2 k ; E
2
dt 2
rk
Force on the ring dF dq
2
R R R
2rQdr rk kQr 3 kQR 2
Torque rdF r
R 2 2 0 R 2
dr I
0 0
4
kQR 2 kQ kQ kQ
t;
4 mR / 2 2m ;
2 t
2m 2m
qE
22. The acceleration on the charge q, projected along the x-z plane is along the -z direction. a
m
The second particle moves on the x-y plane in a circle of radius R (say) such that
2v 2
2R sin cos ....(i)
a
mv 0
Also, R qB ....(ii)
0
2v 0 sin
T ....(iii)
a
m
& T ....(iv)
qB
where T is the time required for the collision to occur
18
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
E0
By solving, v 0 sin cos B
0
E0
Also, v 0 sin
2 B0
2 2 E 0 / B0
cos ; cos 1 ; v0
2
1 22 / 2
v02 sin 2 2 mE 0
The maximum value of the Z-coordinate of the first particle is H
2a 8 qB02
23. a) Let central maxima lies at point P at a distance x from the central line. Then optical path difference p at
point P is
D 1 4 1
x w d sin g 1 t 4
3 10 4 0.5 0.41 10 3
d 3 10 3 2
1 5 106
4
2 10 4
2.05 10 4
4 1.66 102 m 1.66 cm
3 10 3 10
Central maxima lies at a distance 1.66 cm below the central line
2
So intensity at O I0 I I 2 11 cos
5 107
5 106
I0 = 4I
19
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
dy dy
24. a) S1P S2 P x n 0 kt d sin 0
D D
dy kD sin
b) velocity of central maximum
dt n 0 kt 2
c) For central maxima to be formed at O
n d sin
n 1 P d sin Here n n 0 kt.n = refractive index of plate n n 0 kt
n P
1 1
25. E 13.6 eV Z2 2
Z 2 Z
2
Z2 Z 2 2 4 Z 1 13.6
13.6 eV ... 1
Z 2 2 Z 2
2
h2 h
Now energy of electron is k ; we have
2 m
2
2mk
or, k = 6eV
4 Z 1 13.6
So, 6 4.2 10.2 eV
Z 2
2
Or, Z 1
3
Z 2 3Z 2 0
Z 2
2
16
So, the value of Z = 2 (neglecting the negative/fractional value)
26. a) The nucleus is identified by : Z = 8, A = 15 X 8 O15
b) Q m p m N m O m n c
15 15 2
20
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1 Q
Q d q
c) K 40 2
th 3.9 MeV
R2
d) Now, E k 2 K th 2 3.9 MeV 7.8 MeV and Q 3.63MeV
po
pp O
p
N
pn n
T 1 Qq m Qq
i) Conservation of momentum: /
8 0 R 2R
2 2
4 0 mR
p 2n po2
ii) Conservation of energy Ek Q
2m n 2m o
m
E k 1 p Q
mo
p 2n
1 1
2m o 2m n
nh nh nh
mvr eBr 2 r
2 2 2eB
1 1 e 2 B2 r 2
b) KE mv 2 m
2 2 m2
1 me2 B2 nh enh
KE .
2 m 2
2eB 4m
c) PE = M.B.; M = I × area
21
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
e 2r 2r
I ;T .m
t v eBr
2m e2 B
T , I
eB 2m
e2 B 2 e2 B nh enh
M .r .
2m 2m 2eB 4m
enh
PE B
4m
enhB enhB enhB
d) TE = PE + KE
4m 4m 2m
nh nh
e) B. r B .
2
2eB 2e
28. For minimum de-Broglie wavelength of electron, the momentum and hence KE of electron must be maximum.
Case-I
When hydrogen spectra is used, for maximum energy of photoelectron
1 1 1 1 3
13.6 2 2 mv12 mv12 13.6 eV
1 2 2 2 4
For unknown gas of atomic no.z
1 1 1 1 3
13.6z 2 2 2 mv 22 mv 22 z 2 13.6 eV
1 2 2 2 4
1 h / mv1 v 2
Comparing the de-Broglie wavelengths
2 h / mv 2 v1
3
1
2 13.36
1
4
2 3 ...(1)
13.6 z 2 6.1
4
For the unknown gas
Energy of first lyman line-Energy of Balmer series limit = 2 × (13.6)eV
13.6 z 2
3 21
13.6 z 2 13.6
4 4
z 2 / 2 2, z 2
Unknown gas is helium.
Now from equation (1)
10.2 1
4.2 eV
40.8 6.1
22
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
B
D O
A
The velocities of point A and B being perpendicular to the strings; the instantaneous axis of rotation must be at
D, instantaneous point of intersection of the line of the two strings.
OB R OB cos
Therefore, VCM . OD ;
OD 2
cos cos
2 2
31. Assuming that the hoop rotates by (so that the attached particle also rotates by ) starting from its initial
position, we find the angular speed of the hoop + particle.
The instantaneous axis of rotation is located at P. we apply conservation of mechanical energy to get
B
A 2
1 1
B
mgR 1 cos
2
2mR 2 2 m 2R cos
2 2
0/2
23
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
L/2 L/2
B
R
U f mgR
1 mL2 2
mgR sin cos 1
2 12
2
6gR sin cos 1
L
1
33. mg 0.4 mv 2
2
v 2 2m / s
(from conservation of mechanical energy just before the string becomes taut)
during the application of impulse, velocity along perpendicular to the string remain same. So after impulse
6 2
velocity of the ball equal to m / s again from conservation of mechanical energy
5
2
1 6 2 1
mg 0.1 mv1
2
m
2 5 2
24
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
t t t
l n 1/ 2
0.125
l n v 0.25 ; ; ln2
4 4 4
t BC 4 log 2 4 2 8s
Similarly t CD 8s ; t DE 8s ; t EF 8c and t FA 8c
t t AB t BC t CD t DE t EF t FA = 6 × 8 = 48 s; 48 = 6 k; k=8
35. In order for the trajectory of Q to touch that of P when the latter is projected vertically upward, Q must be
projected horizontally from the highest point. To visualize this, consider the trajectories of P as the angle of
projection of P (0, say), approaches 90o (i.e., for vertical projection). Let Q be projected horizontally from
u2
B with a speed v, where A . The point of impact of Q on the horizontal plane represents the point of
2g
maximum range for P along the horizontal.
y
2
u /2g
o
45
A x
C
u2 2h u2
OC v , where h
g g 2g
i.e., v - u
u2 1
The trajectory of Q is y gt 2 , where t x / v v u
2g 2
36. We determine the velocity at C so that it reaches A along a parabolic trajectory; then applying the law of
conservation of energy to the motion ABC (as non-conservative force are absent)
3
v = velocity at point C gR
2
applying conservation of energy from A to C
1 1 5
mu 2 2mgR mv 2 ; u gR
2 2 2
25
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
37. We determine the speed required at D so that the block falls into the hole at E by following a parabolic
trajectory.
vd = speed at D
vd 8gd
Applying conservation of energy for motion from A to D
1 2 1 2mgd
k k mgd mgd m 8gd k 5
2 2 k
38. The acceleration of the point P is the due to the axis (a0) and due to rotation about the axis.
2r
a0
P
ar
a 0 cos 2 r ; a 0 sin r ; a 0 R
39. A the car C accelerates to a velocity v0 relative to the double-boat system. The two boats accelerate to the
left.
VC to right VA to left v0
M VC 2M VA
mv 0 2Mv0
Solving, we find v A , vC
m 2M m 2M
After the car brakes to a stop, the tension in the string connecting A, B becomes zero. Applying conservation
of momentum to A and C
We find the velocity of A (to right)
mMv0
vA
m M m 2M
40. Free body diagram of the separator P2 A ma P1A kx ...(1)
where A is the area of cross section of separator and x is the stretch of the spring.
T T
We can write P0 0 P1 0 Ax
V V
...(2)
2 2
T T
and P0 0 P2 0 Ax
V V
...(3)
2 2
26
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
ma
kx
1A
2 A
l
P2
P1
Figure 1
T T
V0 1
from equation (2) P1 P0 P0
V0 2Ax 1 2Ax / V0
T
2Ax 4xy
P1 P0 1 P0 1 ...(4) x
A / 2
4xy
Similarly P2 P0 1 ...(5)
Substituting the values of P1 and P2 in equation (1)
4xy 4xy
P0 1 A ma P0 1 A kx
8P0 A ma
k x ma ; x
8P0 V0
k 2
T (V+Ax)g
Vg a T’
kx0 T V volume of K(x0+x)
m cylinder inside m
41. the liquid T’
a
mg mg
a
k Ag x 2 2m
; T 2
2m k Ag
27
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
42.
m
80cm
1
x 2 sin 2t
2
k
2 k 4N / m
m
k
2 ; =2
m
k m2 1 22 4 N / m
At t = 0, block is at mean position 2 m and moving towards the x-direction with velocity.
1
A 2 2 m / s
2
From conservation of energy,
1
mgh mv 2
2
1
1 10 0.8 1 v 2
2
v 2 16 ; v = 4 m/s
At the time of collision, the total energy of the system.
1 1 1
m A2 m 42 kA 2
2 2 2
1 1 1
1 2 1 16 kA 2
2 2 2
1 2 1 9 3
9 kA ; 9 4 A2 ; A2 ; A
2 2 2 2
k 4
2 2 2
mm 2
2 2
T 2
2
Maximum velocity of the system
3
Vmax A 2 3 m/s
2
28
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
43.
5vs Vrod
For section AB f
4 0
Where, 3
4 2 4
4 0 Vrod 120 Vrod
4 3 ; length of rod 4 3 3
5Vs 5Vs
L2 3L
44. A 0 e N 0 e & y L x
3 L 2
L
a0 2L L2
T1L Mgy where M a0 1 x dx
0
2
a0 gL 3 L a gL 3 2L
T1 , T2 0
6 6
V 0 n 2 3 2 L
Dividing, 1 n f1 / f 2 ; 2
V2 L 3
29
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
45. a) The electric field at a distance x is E
2 0 x
dE qa
The net force on the dipole is F p 2a q 2
20 x 0 x
2
dx
The negative sign indicates that the force is attractive.
b) W U
U f p.E pE cos 0o pE
Uf p.E pE cos180o pE
2qa
W 2pE 2 2a q
2 0 x 0 x
c) Restoring torque
d 2 2 d
2
pE sin ; 1 2 2ma 2
dt dt
d 2 qa d 2 q
2ma 2
0 or 0
dt 2 0 x dt 2 20 max
q q h/4
P 1 cos 1
2 2 h2
R2
16
q q 1 h
C P C
0 0 2 2 16R 2 h 2
30
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
IAt
47. N , where N is number of photons falling on the plate.
hc
1
R 3r 1 R 3r r 3R R AB
r r 3R
R AB r r 3R r r r 3R 4R r
2 1000 q
49. Case I: KVL 100 0
C
Q 500C
31
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
40
50. i) i rms 10Amps ; i peak 10 2 10 2Amps
4
E peak E 0 50 2 v
iii) L i rms 40
40 1 i 10 1
L H ; rms 10, C F
10 100 25 C 100 10 100
iv) For maximum heat, current through circuit is maximum
1 1
so, L C F
C 400
51. In steady state circuit will be as shown KVL for loop 1 gives 10 - i - 5i1 =0
KVL for loop 2 gives 4 - 6i + 5i1 - 0
From (1) & (2) i = 2 Amp & i1 = 1.6 Amp
So i -i1 = 0.4 Amp
q1 4C
Let charge on C2 = q2
q2 2 8
2 2 0 q 2 C2 12 C
12
C2 5 2 5
32
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
52.
0 A
Capacitance at t 0, C0 d , C C0 1 t
0
q
Using Kirchhoff’s law Ri 0
C
q dq
i) C 1 t R dt 0
0
dq 1 dt 1
ln q Q ln 1 t 0
q 2
q RC0 1 t ; 0
RC 0
1
ln q / Q 0 ln 1 t ; ln q / Q ln 1 t RC0
1
RC0 0
1
q Q 1 t RC Q0
1
1 t RC
1 1
q Q0 1 t
; V 0
C0 1 t
RC0
C C0
RC
Q0 RC 1
Which gives t 1
C 0 V
53. i) Just after the key is closed
The circuit will be as shown in figure 1
Then circuit can be simplify as figure 2
33
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
The points D and E will be at same potential hence the circuit can be further simplified as shown in figure
3 & 4.
68
16
Hence equivalent resistance across A and B, R eq 7 6.04
68
16
7
12
Hence reading of ammeter 1 2A
6.04
After long time the circuit can be redrawn as
16 32 32
R AB
16 32 3
9
Hence the reading of the ammeter I A
8
1 9 16 3
ii) The current through paths ADC and AEC will be same and will be equal to I 2 A
2 8 48 16
3
Hence potential difference across AD, AE, DC and CE, V 16 3V
16
Hence the charge in the C1.C2, and C6, q = 100 × 3 = 300 C
Also VDB VEB 12 3 9V
Hence the charge in the capacitor C3 and C4 = 100 × 9 = 900 C ; VDB VEB 12 3 9V
34
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
54. At any given instance of time the slide wire is at distance x from origin, then the resistance of the circuit is
k 2x
R
a
If the velocity of slide wire is v, then the emf generated is Bv so we have
2x I 0 ; Or, I Ba v
k
Bv
a k 2x
Thus current exerts magnetic force in the wire given by F
Ba v B2 2 a v
So, F IB B
k 2x k 2x
mdv
Since, F F
dt
B2 2 a v dv
So F0 v mv
k 2x dx
F0 B2 2 a 1 dv
m km 2x dx
x F B2 2 a 1 v F0 B2 2 a 2x
0 dx v0 ; m 2km ln v0 v
dv
0
m km 2x
55. Resistance of PQ = 2R
Since equivalent resistance of the circuit is R/2, in static condition current through the battery is I = 2V/R
The current through CP and CQ is 1 = 1/2 = V/R
Consider the FBD of ring and the blocks
Consider torque about ‘C’
35
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
N 0
mg 0, F2
2
Bir 2 ˆ
k ; T1 T1rkˆ ;
T2 T2 r kˆ
Bir 2
T1 k̂
2
N mg F1 F2 0
Bir 2 Bir 2
T1r T2 r 0 ...(i)
2 2
As system is in static equilibrium T1 = mg ...(ii)
and T2 = 2mg ...(iii)
Putting the values of T1 and T2 in equation (i)
mgr 2mgr Bir 2 0
mg V mg mg
i V
Br R Br Br
E 0 x 2 E 0 y2
56. For the electric field, V K
2 2
2 2 8
v = 2m/s
57. At equilibrium energy radiated by point source = heat conducted through the thickness of the shell
E E 3ˆ 1iˆ 4ˆj 3 3k
58. E ˆi k 2E 3kˆ 2Ejˆ ; Ê
2 2 44
36
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
60 10000 1 R1 R 2
59. E 2 160 volt ; E E 0 R
75 100 2 1
E 1 2 R1 R 2 R 1
E 0.64 volts
E 1 2 R1 R 2 R1 ;
60. Consider the situation when particle has turned through an angle of
dv qE dv qE
0 1 sin ; x 0 1 sin
dt m dt m
dv dv v0 6
x ; v = – vx + C v v 0 v x v 0 v sin ; v 3m / s
dt dt 1 sin 1 1
3 2 dq 2
Angular momentum, mr dt r B dt qr B
2
61.
2 dt
2
13 2 2 2 qB
For the ring to become vertical, mr mgr ; i.e., g r
22 3 m
62. Potential A due to small element Rd
kQ 1
Rd
kdq vA
dv R kQ / 2 2R 2R
; A
v dV sec d ;
2R / 2 2 EA 1
2R cos 2R cos
2 2 4R 2
+
dq + +
+
r
+
O A
+
B EA, VA
+
+ R
+
+
+ +
37
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
63. a1 = 2a b1 = a; a2 = 3a b2 = 2a
a 2 b 2 a1b1
Area of wire frame 2a 2 ; 2B0a 2 cos t
2
d
2B0 a 2 sin t ; peak emf 2 B0 a 2
dt
64. The contribution due to any one the cylinder
r 2 dB r 2 dB 1 dB 1 1 1
E ; E1 V / m ; E 2 V / m ; E3 V / m
2x dt 8r dt 8 dt 4 4 8
13
(direction as shown in the figure) E1 E 2 E 3 V/m
8
vA
65. From COM mvA = 2mvB; v B
2
1 1 1 v 2
1 1 1 2 1 3 1 kx 02
from COE kx mv 2m A mv 1 ; kx 0 mv A mv A
2 2
2 2 2
0 A A 2 2 2 2 3
2 2 2 4 2 2
66. The resistance shorting the capacitor plates may be considered in parallel with the capacitor, and at t = 0, the
capacitor behaves as a short circuit.
Capacitor 1 will act as short circuited
+Q
Q
At B voltage drop is v 2V
C
2V
+ –
Q 82
E 4. 4 2 8V ; i 3A
c 2
R 8V
38
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
67.
dq di 1
= 1 + 3e–t; q 3 3 e ; i dt 3e ; dt 3e ; L 3 H ; C = 1 F; R 1
dq t t t
i i0
dt
di 1
Voltage across L L. 3e t e t 1 volt
dt 3
Charge on the capacitor at t = 0
q 0 3 3 e 0 3 3 1 6C
q0 6
Voltage developed across capacitor Vc 6V
c 1
dq
Current through the resistance. i i0 1 3e t 4A
dt
Voltage across R 1 = 4 × 1 = 4V
VA = 5 V; v A v P 1 ; VP VA 1 6V
68. For a charge to be in equilibrium qE qvB E LB / 2 BL / 2 2
69.
C R
0 A
Ci
d
E
2 0 A 4 0 A 0 A 2 0 A C C1C 2 4 0 A 4 C
C1 ; C2 ; f i
d/2 d d/2 d C1 C 2 3 d 3
d/2
d/2
k=2 1 1 14 2
Ui Ci E 2 ; U f Cf E 2 Ci E 2 C E 2
2 2 23 3
2 1 1 1 18
U U f U i Ci E 2 Ci E 2 2 32 3J
3 2 6 6 6
39
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
o
70. 5000 A ; P = 40 W; A = 2 mm
2
P 1 8 10
1
N / m 2 101 1 dy / cm 2
2 c 2 3 10
71. When two soap bubbles of same radius are in contact, they will cut orthogonally, so that the contact area can
be maximum.
R R
2 R
1 I1 r2
2
I
72. I ; 2 ; Loudness 10 log10
r 2 I 2 r1 I0
I0 = Reference Intensity; I = Intensity at given point.
1
r/10
I2 r I1
r
r1 = r; r2 =
10
2 2
I1 r2 r 1 1 I1 1 I2
; ; 100
I 2 r1 10 r 100 I 2 100 I1
I I
L1 10 log10 1 ; L 2 10 log10 2
I0 I0
Increase in loudness
I I I / I I
L 2 L1 10 log10 2 10log10 1 10 log10 2 0 10 log10 2
10 10 I1 / I0 I1
L 2 L1 20 dB n 101 dB ; n 2
40
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
V N v N v N
73.
R
) ) m
mg 0– – gs
s (9 (90–) 90 in
R m x co o s( (9
0–
mg R mg m gc )
mg sin (90–)
mv 2 mv 2
mg cos 90 N ; mg sin N
R R
sin at if leaves the contact; N0
mv 2
mg sin 0 -------(1)
R
Applying work energy principle, WN Wg WT K
Since, Tension is internal force of the ssytem WT 0
Since N always acts at 90o to the displacement.
WN 0 ; Wg K ; U K
K U 0 ; K f K i U f Ui 0 ; U i K i U f K f ---------(2)
R
R
R (R,0)
R
(-R,-R)
R
Initial Final
Ui 0 mgR ; Ki = 0
1
U f mgR sin mg R R ; K f 2 mv 2
2
From (2), mgR mgR sin mgR 1 mv 2
mv 2
mgR sin mv ; But from (1) mg sin
2
; gR sin v 2
R
gR gR sin gR sin ; sin sin ; 2 sin ; 2
sin
41
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
74.
Velocity of v1G 12 6 6 m / s
Velocity of v1W (velocity of image with respect to observer who is in the water) = 6 × 4/3 = 8 m/s
So v = 8 - 8 =0
75.
2m
i
i/2
2m i i R
r2 i
M 2 A 2 i / 2 r 2
i/ 2
M1 A1i 4r 2 i
2 2
M M1 M 2 4r 2i M1 directed outwards
r = 1 m; i = 1 A M2 directed inwards
2
M = 4Am
76. Using Einstein’s photoelectric equation
K max h W
But K max 13.6 eV
h W 13.6 eV -------(1)
5 hc 1.2398 106
h W 10.2eV ------(2)
6 1215 1010
(1) - (2)
h 6 3.4 1.6 1019
3.4 eV ; 4.92 1015 ; k 4.92
6 6.63 1034
42
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
77. Q 0 ; C0 M1 T T1 2C0 M 2 T T2 0
M1 2C0
2 T1 T 2 T1 T2 ; 2
M2 C
78. At the heighest point velocity and acceleration are r
it is in circular motion.
v 2 v 2 cos 2 v 2 cos 2
a ; R
R R g
At the initial point velocity is v and the acceleration component r to v is g cos .
v2 v2 v 2 cos 2 1
Ri ; 8
g cos g cos 1 g
1 1
cos 3 1 ; cos 1 ; 1 60, i.e., 15 60 ; 4
8 2
1
79. Q1 T1 T0 A and Q 2 2 T1 T0 A
d d
1 2 3
A Q1 Q 2 ;
2
pm
2
T
m1 m 2 g 5
81. m1g T F 0 ; m 2g T F 0 ;
2
82. 2 / T 2 / 0.33 190 rad / sec ; v1 r 190 1/ 38 5
83. V 6 4 3 72 m3 72000 L
72000
n 3.2 103 mol ; Q nC v T 1.4 106 J ; t Q /10 700 sec 7 100sec
22.4
84.
2h
Velocity of efflux v 2gy ; Range x 2gy
g
43
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
dx dx 2h 1 dy
The velocity of the block must be .; Vb 2g
dt dt g 2 y dt
h dy
Vb . ...(i)
y dt
Using equation of continuity
Ady
a 2gy ...(ii)
dt
equation (i) and (ii)
h a a 1
Vb 2gy ; Vb 2gh 20 1ms 1
y A A 20
85. U 600 150 450 J ; Q nCT
Q C 4
U nCvT ; C C v 2R
U C V ; 3
86. Charge on the outside surface of conducting sphere is zero so field and thus potential at any point outside the
sphere is zero.
87. Since object and image is real then object distance = -x1
Image distance = x2
x 0 x1 x 2 ;
1
1 1
; x 1 x 2 x1 x 2 ;
x 1 x1 d
d
x 2 x1 f f f
x12 dx 0
x0 0 ; x 2f ; which means x = 2f
x1 f dx1 1 2
hc hc 12.4 12.4
88. 3 k ka 3 k ka
e 12.4 e 24.8 12.4 ; 12.4 12.4
44
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
89.
0 t
dr
5 3cos ;
dt
dr 5 3cos dt
16 0
t t t
3t
16 5t 3 cos dt ;
0
3 5cos dt 0 cos dt
0 0
5
9t
16 5t ; t = 5 sec.
5
90. For entering without jerk v 2 0 2 rad / s
using work energy theorem on sleeve after entering in the frame of rod.
Wspring Wcentrifugal K
1 1 1
k 2 m2 2 0 mv12 v12 8
2 2 2
1
Now K m v12 v 22 6
2
91. For the minimum time the acceleration should be maximum. For that the man should utilize maximum friction.
ma mg
a g 0.5 10 5 ms 2
1
S ut at 2
2
1
10 0 5 t 2
2
t2 = 4
t=2
45
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
92. Let us work in the ground frame for A and for B work in the frame of A.
4
mg T ma1 ...(i)
5
4
T ma1 mg ...(ii)
5
From (i) & (ii)
4
T 0 a 1 g
5
4
5 g
5a 5 2
2a 2 2g
In ground frame motion of B will be free fall.
5a 1 g 1 F 9
; v2 4 9; v = 3 m/s
2a 2 2g 2 A 10 104
93. m Av
Force = 0 – mV
B C
A V
F Av v 9
9 9
v 3 m/s
A 10 104
4
46
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
94. 8
nRT
pV = nRT, p
V
95.
p1
s1 s2
p2
On reaching P, the phase difference between the waves will be zero. They both will have a phase of .
I1 A 2 A 2 2A 2 cos 0 4A 2 80SI
On reaching p2 the phase difference between the waves will be .
I 2 A 2 A 2 2A 2 cos A 2 A 2 2A 2 0
96.
N1
a
30o
N2
o
mg sin 30
mg sin 30o
30o
mg
3N1 mg N 2 3
ma
2 2 2
3N1 3N 2 mg
ma ...(i)
2 2 2
N1 N 2 mg 3 3N1 3N 2 3mg
; ...(ii)
2 2 2 2 2
From equation (i) and (ii), we have 3N1 2mg ma, 3N 2 mg ma
Since cylinder does not loose the contact. so N1 0, N 2 0
a g; a max g
47
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
97. Draw the FBD of block in the frame of acceleration frame. In this frame, block has maximum velocity when it
is in equilibrium with respect to accelerated frame
kx ma0
1 2 1
Using work energy theorem kx mv 02 ma 0 x
2 2
1 m 2 a 20 1 m 2 u 02 ma 20 m
kx 2 mv0 2
; v20 v0 a 0
2 k 2 k k k
98. Tangential component of friction = FT.
Radial component of friction = F12.
FT m r -------(1)
FR m r 2 -------(2)
Just before Slipping
s2 g 2 r 2 2
4
r2
1/2
s2 g 2
2 2
2
r
1/ 2
s2 g 2 2
2
2 r
N
4 4
99. The net force is always equal to mass x acceleration Newton’s 2nd Law.
M
Fshaded M shaded A A
3
F
A ; Fshaded F / 3
M
48
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1 1
1. P 2 0.25 0.75 1.25
c c
cP 3 10 5 10
8 7
1 2 1 2 1 3
2. ; F = +10 cm
F f f m 30 30 30
1 1 1 1 1 1 20 v 20 / 3 1
; ; v cm ; as m
F v u 10 v 20 3 u 20 3
Image will be virtual, erect and diminished.
3. We have the result of magnetic field for a straight conductor. For a distribution, we have to make a differential
equation and integrate.
Consider a small element of width R d as shown in the figure.
I 2I
dI dI
R
Rd d Id
dB 0 ; dB 0 2
2R 2 R
O
Y
dB
R R
d
X
I
Rd
0 I I
dB x dBcos cos d ; dB y dBsin 20 sin d
R
2
R
0 I / 4 I 2 0 I /4
Bx dB x 2 cos d 0 2 ; B y dB y 2 sin d 0 ; B 0 I 2 ˆi
R / 4 R R / 4 2 R
49
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
4. We will solve this using symmetry about the dotted line. From this we can deduce that the current in branch
will be equal to the current in its mirror image. For example current in AC = current in CB = i1.
F F
D E D E
A B A B
C i1 C i1
i1 i1
This implies that even if we break the junction at C, the current in the circuit will not be affected. Now, the
circuit is simplified which can be easily solved using series parallel combinatino.
R 10
R AB 2R in parallel to 2R R
2 9
5. Potential function is not defined for infinite conducting sheet and hence to solve this either calculate potential
difference or use force equations.
Electric field due to infintie dielectctric sheet, E1 2
0
x
E2 1 2
2 0 x R2
x
Resultant electric field E E1 E 2 2
0 x2 R2
ex
Force on the electron F
20 x 2 R 2
dv ex
mv
dx 2 0 x 2 R 2
dv ex
mv
dx 2 0 x 2 R 2
v
e 0
x
m v dv dx
0 2 0 3R x R2
2
v2 e 2 0
eR
m x R2 ; v
2 20 3R m0
50
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
6. (a) Let L be the free length of the rod at 0oC and L0 be the final stretched length in each case.
If L1 and L2 are the free lengths at +20oC and –20oC, respectively, then using geometric conditions
2 1 2LT , where 1 and 2 are the load deformations at +20oC and –20oC, respectively..
I.T
L1 1
I.T
L2
2
L0
F2 L F1L
Now, 2LT
AY AY
F2 F1
or, 2 2Y T
A A
5000
2 2 11.7 106 2 1011 20 127 106 N/m 2
150 106
(b) Let T' be the temperature at which the stress is zero, then
LT LT 1
F1
or T T
AY
5000
T 20 34.2o C
150 10 2 10 11.7 10
6 11 6
or 1 1 2 T 2 2 1 T
1 2
or T
2 1 1 2
T 21.7 o C
51
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
8. To find frequency we have to first calculate the acceleration of the block as a function of displacement. In
such type of complicated systems we can find this by using the equation of energy conservation and then
differentiating it. One important point is to be noted is that the spring is already stretched by some amount and
beyond this extension we can not take energy to be equal to (1/2)kx2 so we have to first find out the initial
extension.
k T1
T1
T1
T1 T1
T1
T1
mg
mg = T1, T1 = 2T2
T2 = 2T3, T3 = kx0
mg
x0
4k
If suppose the block is further pulled down by x, spring stretches by 4x.
1 1
k x 0 4x mgx mv 2
2
U (Total energy of system) =
2 2
dU
0
dt
dx dx dv
k x 0 4x 4 mg mv 0
dt dt dt
dv d 2 x k
2 16 x
dt dt m
1 16k
f f 3
2 m
k 20, 7000
Velocity of sound v 350 m/s
k
Given that B = 1.48 × 105.
B
v
52
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
B 1.40 105
1.143 kg / m 3
350
2
v2
Pressure amplitude is defined as P0 = BkA.
Given that max. P0 = 28 Pascal
P0 28
k 20 ; A 3.183 m
Bk 20 1.40 105
W0
Intensity received by the person I 4 10 2
4 10 vP02 200 350 28
2 2
vP02 W0 615.75 Watts
Also I ;
2B 2B 2 1.4 105
10. Let any time t fluid just fills the portion BC and comes out with velocity v.
l = 1 m, x = 0.4 m
In rotating frame, centrifugal force on portion A'B,
l
A2 l 2 x 2
F A r.dr
2
x 2
h
C
x
B
A l–x
x A’
1 2 2 2
Now
2
V P
2
l x 2 gx -------(1)
1 2 l 2 x 2
gh v 2 gx
2 2
10
2
10 h
2
1 0.4 0.4 10
2 2
h 3.8 m
53
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
r2 2 3
11. T 2 1.62 hrs; dT r1/ 2 dr
GM GM 2
dT 3 dr 3 70
; dT T 0.015 T
T 2 r 2 7000
Let first satellite catch up with the second after n revolution, then nT n 1 T dT
n
0.985 n 65.67
n 1
Periodic time of approach = nT = 106.38 hrs.
12. If the end of the folded part of the carpet is at a distance of x from the origin, the centre of mass of the folded
part (which is moving) is at 3x/4 and hence has a speed of 0.5 m/s.
v=1
carpet
O x/2 3x/4 x 2
1
dp d mv dv dm
Now, force m 0 v 0.5 N
dt dt dt dt
Note that the moving part of the carpet starts from the origin and the whole carpet will be moving when it
dm
reachers x = 2 after two units of time giving 0.5
dt
13. Trajectory of the cannon shell is given by
1 gx 2
y x tan -------- (1)
2 u 2 cos 2
dy
y is maximum when d tan 0
1 2
gx 1 u2
2
x 2 2 tan 0 ; sec 2 2 tan ; tan
u cos
2
gx
u 2 1 gx 2 u 4 u 2 gx 2
Putting in eq. (1) y x. 1
gx 2 u 2 g 2 x 2 2g 2u 2
y Danger
zone
300 m
x
200 10 m 200 10 m
54
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1 2
2gx
The cannon shell can hit an area given by y u 2 2
2g u
Given in the problem y = 300 m, u = 100 m/s, g = 10 m/s.
x2
Putting these value we get, 200 200 10 x 200 10
2000
400 10
Plane is in danger for a period of 10 sec
400
14. Choosing the positive X–Y axis as shown in the figure, the momentum of the bead at A is p1 mv . The
momentum of the bead at B is pf mv
mv pi
A +y
+x –x
B
mv p f
.d / 2 d
The time interval taken by the bead to reach from A to B is t
v 2v
p 2mv 4mv 2
Therefore the average force exerted by the bead on the wire is Fav
t d / 2v d
2 sin 2 / 2
v 2 v1
cos
C 6 dy
16. y t v Ct 5
6 dt
dv a 5
a 5Ct 4 ;
dt v t
a
So, at t = 5 sec, 1 a v
v
55
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
15 375 m
2
v2
17. The maximum distance covered by the vehicle before coming to rest
2a 2 0.3
Vehicle = 375 m from the instant of application of the brakes.
The distance of the vehicle from the traffic light after one minute – (400 – 375)m = 25 m.
18.
19.
a 2 x 2 y2
cos 37 x / a x 4a / 5 16m 1rad / s ;
o cos 53o
2ax
a 2 x 2 y 2 384 ; y 2 400 256 384 272
y 16.5 m (approximately); v D y 16.5m / s
20. The ball will achieve its velocity when its acceleration is zero. So,
2
v1max m1 1 v
m1g bv1max
2
; m2g bv22max ; v 4 1max 2
2max m 2 2 v 2max
56
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 ; 1.5 1 ;
f R 1 R 2 20 R1 R 2 R1 R 2 10
1 g 1 1
1
f w R1 R 2
3 3 1 9 1
f w 1 1
2 4 10 8 10
f w 80 cm; u 40 cm
1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1
v f u 80 40 80 80
v = –80 cm
v 80
2
u 40
Image size = – 2 × 2 = 4 cm
Image virtual, upright and 4 cm in size.
24.
Tile diagram shows limiting case for penetration into the liquid.
57
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
Snell’s law at S1
1
sin ...(i)
n
Snell’s law for S2
n
sin ...(ii)
n
sin rule in triangle S1S2O
sin sin
...(i)
r R
R
Solving the above equations we get r
n
1
v 1 rRT T
25. f T ; f 2
1/ 2
m f T
180 180
26. No. of images formed = 1 1 19
9
10
27. Reflected power = 100 10 W
100
Pref . 10 1000
I
4r 4 0.05
2 2
2I 2000
Pressure 212.3 10 8 2.12 106 Pa
c
3 108
28. All light rays hitting the screen will be appearing to be coming from S1 and S2
58
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1 1 1 1 3
29. R H 2 2 R H 1 R H
n1 n 2 4 4
h 3 3
Momentum of photons h.R H 6.6 10 34 1.09 107 5.395 1027
4 4
p 5.39 1027
v 325 cm / sec.
m 1.6 1027
30. When sprinkler is placed at the ground, the maximum range is obtained when 45o .
v 2gh
2
2gh
R1 sin 90 2h
g
A1 2h 4h 2
2
When the sprinkler is placed at a height h, maximum range is obtained when 45o .
45o
R1
h h
R2
(s = velocity × time)
Let t be the time taken to reach the ground.
1 1 2
h gh t gt 2 s ut at
2 2
1 2
gt gh t h 0
2
gh gh 2gh
t
g
t 3 1 h
g
R 2 2gh
1
2
3 1 h
g
3 1 h
A2
2
A 2 R 22 3 1 h 2 7.46 h 2 ; 2
A1
59
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
31. Work done by magnetic force is zero so from work energy theorem
1 1
m p v B2 m p v 2A qV
2 2
and simultaneously there is no change of velocity component along the direction of perpendicular to electric
and magnetic field.
v A sin v B sin
After solving v 16 Volt
32. At terminal stage, torque applied on the smaller disc by the rope = mga
Br 2
current to the disc (where is terminal angular velocity)
2R
4R
B 2 r 4
So, mga ; 100 rad / sec
4R
33. Angular frequency of the LC oscillation 2 0 RL
required time is one fourth of the time period
34. The force on the rod due to the annular disc is equal and opposite to that on the disc due to the rod.
We take an annular strip of radius r and width dr and find the force acting on it.
dF 0 2r dr 0 dr
2 0 r 0
0 2R R
The force F
0 R dr 0
0
E 0 ; dE ; So, E p E 0 d
2
35. 2 0 d 0 0
4r 2
36. B B0 kˆ ; E = E0 k; v = v0 i
Due to the magnetic field the charged particle execute circular motion.
2m
Time period of the circular motion T qB .
0
y
R
x
60
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
qE 0 ˆ
The acceleration due to the electric field is a .k
m
mv
radius R qB
0
1 2
The displacement of the particle = at 2R
2
1
S aT 2 kˆ 2Rjˆ
2
The z co-ordinate of the particle when it passes the z axis.
2
1 1 qE 2m 1 qE 0 42 m 2 22 mE 0
aT 2 . 0 . .
2 2 m qB0 2 m q 2 B02 qB02
37. For monoatomic gas
PV
U
3
Here pressure increases and volume remains decreases.
38. Draw a circle assuming OF as radius and O as centre
D M
MDEFNM
B.d B.d
M
DEF
B.d B.d 0
F
45o
0 x 0 I0 0
360o
0 I0
x
8
49 49
39. Maximum path difference 122.5 wavelengths
/1.5
Number of maxima = 245
61
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
V0
Since, the particles will continues to move away, hence the initial distance will be the minimum distance.
41. Spider is able to see insect half of the sphere at top most hemisphere when it is at bottom hemisphere, insect
is invisible to spider.
It travels vertical circular path, in 1 sec.
4
It will travels 2r distance
i.e., 40 cm in 160 sec.
20 distance, in 80 sec.
42. Let the mass per unit length of the bar be kg / m
As the frames come down, the point B moves vertically downwards and PP remain in contact with the
ground. In the final state (when PQ, PQ just become horizontal), the velocities of P (and P ) is zero. The
vertical component was already zero, the horizontal component also becomes zero. The motion of PQ is
essentially rotation about P at that instant. Conservation of mechanical energy gives (for PQ):
3 11
2 6 g cos 37 o .6.32 .32 2 and v Q .PQ 3 8 m / s
2 23
43. cube flux due to single wire from whole cube
cube
8 0 similarly four wires out of twelve will have same contribution and eight will have zero.
face 4
8 0 2 0
62
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
44.
The instantaneous axis of rotation will fall on the outside of the sphere. Since in case of pure rotation,
instantaneous axis of rotation will be on the centre. In case of pure rolling, instantaneous axis of rotation will be
on P. But if vc R , so instantaneous axis of rotation will fall out of the sphere.
45. Apply conservation of angular momentum.
46.
v
R
vc,g viˆ Rˆj viˆ vjˆ
v D,g viˆ R ˆj viˆ vjˆ
47. x1 a sin at
x 2 a sin t / 2
x 3 a sin t
Resultant displacement x x1 x 2 x 3
mr 2 4r I mr 2 3 3r
48. I ; d ; T 2 2 2
2 3 mgd 2 mg 4r 8g
49. A
63
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
q2 1 2 q2 q2
kr k
4 0 r 2 40 .2r 4 0 r1
0.1
2
at 0.1
0.1
a T a e2 a 2t
1/2
0.1 2 ; Fnet 0.1 2 10 103 2 103 N 0.014 N
52. As the force acting between the body and the earth passes through the centre of the earth. Angular momentum
of the system is conserved about the centre of earth. And the velocity at the highest point of the trajectory is
perpendicular to the radius vector.
so, by conservation of momentum about the centre of earth.
mv R Rh
mv sin 30o.R R h ; hR
4 2 4
53. After burning the spring, there is no external force acting on the hemisphere except gravity. So C.M. will
move along a straight line.
3GM 2 3GM 2
54. ui ; Ur
2
a l
GMm 1 GM m 1 1 GMm
F
l x a l a l a a l a
GM 2m G2m
56. F ; Acceleration of m
d / 2
2
d / 2
2
Gm
Acceleration of 2m
d / 2
2
m G 2m mG 2m
d / 2 d / 2
2 2
Acceleration of C.M. 0
2m m
64
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
57.
a a
tan ; tan1
g g
1 1 1
58. PA v 2A PB v 2B ; PA PB v B2 v A2
2 2 2
1
0.02 12000 10 1000 v 2B 20.2 ; 4.8 v 2B 20.2 v B 5m / s
2
22
A3 .A B A1v1 A 2 v 2 ; 30 4v1 8 ; 4v1 22 v1 5.5m / s
4
1
59. HgR 2 F3 FB ; FB Vg R 2 Hg
3
HgR 2 2
F3 HgR 2
R 2gH
3 3
4 T
L LH 2
KT 0 v
60. xdx dt T
2KT
b 2.88 106
61. m 1000 nm u2 is maximum
T 2880
62. For the process A B
p0 pV
p 2p 0 V V0 ; p 3p0 0
V0 V0
pV 1 p0 2 dT pV 3
T 3p 0 V V ; 0 3p 0 0 2V V V0
nR nR V0 dV V0 2
65
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
L L 2Q 0 L
Q0 T ; T 2RQ 0 T
AK K 2 A kA
AK AK 1
For parallel connection K R / 2
L L R
R 2 T T
T Q Q 4 4Q 0
L R 2R
64. Apply gas equation and analyse.
1 1 3 3
65. W P0 V0 2P0 V0 P0 V0 1 ; U P0 2V0 P0 V0 P0 V0
2 2 2 2 2
3 5
Q P0 V0 1 P0 V0
2 2 2
P0 P0 P0 V0
66. P ; T
V
2
2 2R
1
V0
3 3R P0 V0 3P0 V0
Translational kinetic energy is equal to RT
2 2 2R 4
67. For a black body,
Heat absorbed = heat radiated AT 4
VP0 PV P 2V0
68. For process AB P T
V0 nR nR P0
dT 2P V0 dT 4V0
dP nR P0 ; dP nR
at B.
2PV0
For BC P 2V0 nRT T
nR
dT 2V0 dT
at B; is not defined at B.
dP nR dP
In BC temperature goes on decreasing. Q BC is -ve.
For CA W ve ; QCA ve
66
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
69. PT = constant
P0
P0 Ti Tf Tf 2Ti ; Also. P0 V0 2RTi
2
P0 V0
Ti ...(1)
2R
P0
Pf Vf nR.Tf ; Vf 2 R 2Tf ...(2)
2
P0 V0 3 3
Tf ; U nRT P0 V0
R 2 2
70. given C = R; dQ = ncdT
dQ
c R; dQ = du + dw
ndR
du d nC v dT PdV PdV
R; R; C v R
ndt ndT ndT
3 Pdv R
For a monoatomic gas C v R;
2 ndT 2
For an ideal gas pV = nRT
P RT RT dv R
; .
n v v dT 2
dV dT dV dT
V
2T
; V
2T
1
log V log T c ; log V log T1/2 c ; log vT1/ 2 c
2
VT1/ 2 e c constant
71. The piston is in equilibrium. The upward force = downward force.
mg
P0S Pa S mg ; P0 Pa -----(1)
S
Pa kx0 mg kx 0 mg kx 0
P Pa ; P P0 ---(2)
p S S S
1 2
Workdone by the gas; W Wa Ws Wm ; W Pa V kx 0 mgx 0
2
1
Pa Sx 0 kx 02 mgx 0 ------(3); Q u w ; Q 0 ; U W
2
1
U Pa Sx 0 kx 02 mgx 0 ; Options A, B and C are correct.; The most correct option is D.
2
67
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
dx i 2 R
72. Applying COE; i2Rt = mgx;
dt mg
1 1 V2 b 2V b
W nRT dV RT dV ; W RT l n RT l n
Vb vb V1 b Vb
Tension l
f 1 f
mass per unit length 4
Tension = mg
mg l
f ----------(1)
4
In second as 10 loops are formed
10 2 l
l 5 2 ; 2
2 5
Equilibrium of the block is T + Force of buoyancy = mg
T + V × water g mg ; T v stone g v water g
l
since v f 2 f
5
vstone g v water g l
f --------(2)
5
stone
Squaring both sides and R
water
water 16 25
We get, 1
25 ; or R 2.78
stone 9
68
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
n1C P1 n 2Cp2 2 32 3 48
76. max 1.357.M max 41.6
n1C v1 n 2 Cv2 5
f2 M 1.357 32
max
200 Mix r 41.6 1.4 ; f 2 172.7
5v
77. Frequency of the open organ pipe 2L -------(1)
1
3V
For frequency of the semi open organ pipe 4L --------(2)
2
3V 5V L 20 10
; 1
4L 2 2L1 L2 6 3
Option (C) is correct.
78. Intensity is inversely proportional to the square of the distance.
340 340 2 1 2v 1
79. ;
340
2
340 v 340 v 680 340 v 2
340
P I 314 1
I . 2 0.25 w / m 2
4 r 3.14 4 100
v 320
81. vs u s at 0 gt 40 m / s ; v 1000 888 Hz
v vs 320 40
82. Distance travelled in 1 hour = 25 × 3600 = 90,000 m
Circumference 2r 2 50 100 m
90000
No. of times 2.86.5
100
In one hour sound heard = 286.5 × 2 = 573 times.
6
83. 4 2
m s1 s2
2
Path difference ; P 6 4 2 ; Phase difference 2
330 2
But 0.5 ; 2 8
660 0.5
I I1 I 2 2 I1I 2 cos 2 2 2 2 2 cos 8 mW
69
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
84. As the source of sound and the observer both are at rest, apparent frequency = actual frequency.
Q1 Q 2
85. Qoutside
2
86. Find the charge distribution on the inner and outer surface of the sphere applying gauss’s law.
87. If V1 and V2 be the speeds of electron while entering the capacitor and while leaving it, then
v1 cos 2
v1 cos 1 v 2 cos 2
v 2 cos 1
k.E.1
2
cos 2
k.E.2 cos 1
88. Field decreases k times in dielectric medium but filed at the position of plates remains same, so force of
interaction remains same.
89.
1 2Q
Due to a solid hemispherical charge of 2Q the field will be 4 d 2 along x-axis. So due to one hemisphere
0
1 Q 1 Q
the component of field along x-direction will be 4 d 2 . And hence the net field will be more than 4 d 2
0 0
1 q2 3q 2
E 6
4 0 r 20 r
91.
p
Fnet 2Fsin / 2 ; F qE 1/ r
2 0 r 2
70
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
4 3
r
1 3 1 r 3
92. E
4 0 R r 2 3 0 R r 2
1 Q
93. V 1
4 r1
2R 1 2
94. Total charge Q cos 2 Rd R ; Hence 1R1 2 R 2 ; R R
0 2 1
kq kq
95. Electric potential due to point charge = ; Electric potential due to inner surface of shell =
R 2R
kq
Electric potential due to outer surface of shell =
3R
kq kq kq kq 1 1 k5q
V 1
R 2R 3R R 2 3 6R
96.
i = 3F
3 i2
i2 3
i1 3 i
i E
In the steady state no current passes through the capacitor.
E E E 3 E
i A ; i2 A
3 2 5 5 9 15
E E
Voltage across the capacitor 12 i 2 3 i 3 3 3
15 5
4E 60
12 E 15 volt
5 4
97. 8
2
16 8
R equal 3
8 14 7
2
3
98. 0.1 0.3 0.6 i1 9 0.9 10 ; i = 99mA; I = (99 + 10)mA = 0.109A
71
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
V
99. I
R eq
400
R eq R 1 R 2 R 3 1000 2000 1000 400 0 0.1 Amp
4000
100. Analyse situation gives qualitatively the charge on the plates can not change.
101. When each of the corners has a charge Q, the magnetic field at the centre of the hexagon is zero. Only charge
mQ n 1 Q Q will contribute the electric field at the centre of the polygon.
kQ
Thus E .
r2
102. Charge flow through the battery will be 2CV, while the energy stored in capacitor will be the same.
103. When switch S1 is open
L
6 2 1 ; E 12V
E L 2
6 10 5 L 5
When switch S2 is closed , E 12 5 ; 10 r 12 ; r 2
10 r 12 L 12
104.
a
R eq R OA R AP / 4 r / 4 a
2
72
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
3 2
106. Qi F V 6C ; Qf 3F 5V 15C ; Q 9C
3 2
107. At t = 0, the branch containing L will offer infinite resistance while the branch containing the capacitor will be
effectively a short circuit. Hence, R t 0 R and i t 0 . Similarly at t , L will offer zero resistance
R
6 3R
whereas c will be an open circuit. Hence effective resistance R 3R and i t .
63 3R
3R
The required ratio 3 :1
R
108. By symmetry, the net field is zero
The net field at P (0,0,a)
0 I
2a 2
2aI ˆi 2a I 2 cos 45 ˆi sin 45 kˆ
cos15o ˆi sin 45o kˆ 0 0 o o
0 I I I
2 i 0 i ; 0 i i 0
2a 2 2a 2a
73
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
0I R
109. BL ; if the radius is , the number of turns will be n.
2R n
n 0 I n 2 0 I BL 1
BC ; Hence 2
2 R / n 2R BC n
110. Torque on the current loop due to the magnetic field B ia 2 Bsin 90 ia 2 B cos
Torque due to gravity
a a
g OA AB OB mg sin mga sin mg sin
2 2
In equilibrium torque due to magnetic force is balanced by torque due to gravity.
2mg 2Aag 2Ag
ia 2 Bcos 2mga sin ; cot
iaB iaB iB
0 I
111. BAB sin 90o sin 45o
4R
0I
BBC sin 90 sin 45 ; B0 BAB BBC Bcircular
4R
V V
112. I R ; I r r 2
R
0 IR V
BR . 0 . .
2R 2 2R R 2
0 I r 2 0 V 2
Br .
2r 2 2r r 2 2
0 V 0 V 0 V 1 1
B Br BR
4r 2 4R 2 4 r 2
R 2
0 I
113. Bnet 2 sin 90o sin 45o
4r
114. As magnetic force is always perpendicular to velocity. No work is done by force.
115. emf. Induced in coil 2 1
t t 2 t1
4a 4a 4 3 2
2 B.A 2 B. sin 60o Ba ; 1 Ba 2
23 3 9
4 3
Work done W It Ba 2 I i
9
74
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
116.
d mv q v sin
sin ; d R sin sin ;
R qB m Bd
117. Magnetic field at p is into the plane . Initially F qv B is towards the wire A.
0 I1 0 I 2
118. Magnetic field may be zero in first and third quadrant
2y 2x
represents a straight line passing through the origin.
119. The gravitational torque must be counter balanced by the magnetic torque about 0, for equilibrium of the
sphere. The gravitational torque g mgr sin
The magnetic torque m B
mg
m ir 2 Bsin ; ir 2 Bsin mgr sin ; B
ir
120. T 2m / qB ; t He t p t e
0 Ir 2
121. Applying Ampere’s circuital law, B.2r for r < a
a 2
and B.2R 0 I for R > a
r r2
Taking the ratio 2 ; a Rr
R a
75
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
122. The magnetic field produced by square loop is parallel to the plane of the circular loop. Hence the mutual
inductance is zero.
Bv 2r R / 2 R / 2 R / 4
123. i , where R eq
R eq R /2R / 2
B2 V0 L2 mgr
124. mg ; V0 2 2
R BL
125. Use Lenz’s law
Induced emf the current of opposes the change in flux through it.
126.
dB R 2 dB R 2 dB dB
Required emf R
2
. ;E ; emf 2R1 R 2
dt 2 2R 1 dt
2 2R 1 dt 2 dt
129.
1 m 2 2 3g sin
mg / 2 sin ;
2 3
1
Potential difference induced between two ends of the rod B 2
2
3/ 2
B 3g sin
76
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1 1
131. At resonance, L , in second case for resonance, 2L
C 2 c
1 LC C
C
4 L 4L 4
2
C 3
C 4
1 1.5 1 4 1 1 1.5 1 1 2 1
132. 1
f1 R 3 R R R R 3R 3R
1 1.5 1 4 1 1.5 1 1 2 2
1
f2 R 3 R R R 3R 3R
Convergent in both.
133. The optic axis of the lens does not change even on cutting.
The size of the cut lens is 2 mm. The optic axis of the lens is 0.5 mm below the line xy. The image will be
formed at 0.5 mm below the optic axis. The distance of the image is 0.5 + 0.5 = 1 mm below the line xy..
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
134. 1 1.5 1
f R1 R 2 10 20 2 20 40
Hence image formed by lens will be at 80 cm distance and for it to retrace its path distance of image from
mirror should be equal to R.O.C. = 30 cm.
d = 80 cm + 30 cm = 110 cm.
135. Here f R radius of curvature = R
136. Magnifications are m and –m.
1 1 u u2
u1 f 1 ; u 2 f 1 ; f 1
m m 2
137. Behaviour depends on refractive index of the lens.
d D
138.
2 2d
o
5000 A
77
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
139. 1 cos 2 / 2
1 2
cos / 2 ; , ; x ,
2 3 3 3 6
A possible path difference 2x
o
140. Path difference 2 1 t 12480 A
o o o o o
For maxima, n 12480 A ; 1 12480 A ; 2 6240 A ; 3 4160 A ; 4 3120 A
o o
Only 6240 A & 4160 A exist in the spectrum.
4000
141. Numbers of fringes 60 40
6000
d2
142. Path difference d sin
D
9 o
143. 4 6300 8 700 5600 A
2
3 3L
144. Length of path 3x L 2x
2 2
10
145. R 4 R ; R 0.03 4 0.12
2.5
L
146. In RL series,
R
In RC series, RC
L L
Since RC ; R 2
R R
147. From graph the half life of sample is t1/2 3.14 min ; N N 0et N0e 0.693/3.47 60 N 0e12
148. The difference in the binding energy is the energy required to add extra neutron. BE = (BE/nucleon) No. of
nucleons.
78
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
dN 2 l n 1 / 2
This happens when ; For this 2 e 2 tm 1e tm ; tm
dt 1 2
2h
150. Time taken in falling a height h = 3000 – 1000 = 2000 m is given as t t 20 s .
g
20
Number of half life in this time 2
10
Initial 1000 1020
So number of active nuclie = n
2
250 1020
2 2
0.693 N
151. t ln 0
N
After t = 5 days, N = 0.9 N0
0.693 l n N0
5
0.9N 0 --------(1)
After t = 20 days.
0.693 N
20 l n 0 ---------(2)
N
1
ln
1 0.9 0.104 5 1
2 ln N N
ln 0 20 4
N0 N
N
ln 4 0.104 0.416 ; N N 0
0.65 ; 65%
N0 e 0.416
79
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
Er
152. Momentum of emitter gamma radiation p g
c
h h h 1 T2
153. mv 2m kE 3mkT ; 1
T 2 T1
1 600 1
; 2 1 2
2 1200 2
T1 n13 n13
154. ; T1 27T2; 27 n1 3n 2 ; Possible values of u and u are 3 – 1, 6 – 2, 9 –3
T2 n 32 n 32 1 2
p2
155. Use K.E.
2m
Z2
156. E 2 E 0
n
157.
1 1 1 n 1
where f m R / 2 and n 1
f1 R R
1 2 n 1 2 2n R R
f ; 2f
f R R R 2n n
80
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
m P m r
163. P ; 2
r 2 P m r
164. D
165. Check dimensions
166. In equilibrium, there will not be any friction between the cylinder and the wedge. If be the required angle
Cylinder B: mg sin 30o kx cos 30o kx sin 60o ; cot 30o cot 60o 30o
mv 2
167. N ...(A)
R
f max mg ; N mg
mv 2 Rg 2 10
mg ; V 10 m / s
R 0.2
168. The z-component of the force and the x-component of displacement are ineffective here.
dW Fy dy 3xy.dy z 0 6x 4 dx y x 2
Integrating between x = 0 and x = 2 gives the result.
d K.E.
169. Power
dt
81
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
1 cos 30
COM N
(Friction)
3/2 x
10
mg
1 3 3
com 0 ; 10 Nx 10 10 0
2 2 2
3
Nx 3 10 5 ; N mg 10 3
10
12.32
3 x 12.32, x 7
3
Distance from A = 3 cm; N is at 3 cm from A.
1 1 1 1 2
172. For row 1: ... ; Ceff C / 2
Ceff C 2C 4C C
C C C
Similarly for row 2: Ceff = C/4; Ceff ... C
2 4 8
VF VC VF VB VF
173. i 0at point F ; R
R
4R
0 ...(1) VA VP
VC VF VC VB VC VF 14
Also 0 ...(2); Using (1) & (2), V 13
R R 2R C
82
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
174.
From FBD
x x F
F 2T 2x , where T 2 ; F x and 2 4 L ; 2L
4
175. Weight of the floating body = weight of water displaced.
Let A be the area of the floating floe
5 5
1000 Ag 200g -----(1); 1000 Ag n 200g -----(2)
100 10
Dividing n 10
1
V RC V
VA VB RI 2 rI1 R e r
R 2r
V
1
V V
VA VB 1 2e RC
; a , and b
2 2 2
83
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
177.
T
B
fB
lc
lb T
e
9g A
lA T
la 18g
9g
lc = lA +2lB; vc v A 2v B ; a c a A 2a B
18g T 18a c -----(1); 2T f B 9 a B -----(2); T f A 9a A -------(3)
N A 9g, n B 9g ; From (1) 180 – T = 18 aC -------(4)
2T B mg 9a B ; 2T 0.5 9 10 9a B
2T 45 9a B -------(5)
T A mg 9a A ; T 45 9a A ------(6)
eqn. (5) × 2 4T 90 18a B ------(7)
T 45 9a A --------(8)
5T 135
From (9) 180 T 18 10T 270
9
450 5 5
9T 50N ; By calculating a B m / s , a A
2
9 9 9
Now this is not equal to a c a A 2a B
So A will not move; aA = 0,
from (1), 18g T 18a c
84
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
v py A cos t ˆj ; v Bx A sin t ˆi
x
Centrepetal force will act at the centre of mass i.e., at
2
x 2 Ax 2 2
Fc Mr2 Ax ; Fc
2 2
Ax 2 2 2 x 2
PB P0 A ; f0 x = x; PB P0
2 2
The centrifugal force acting radially outward is balanced by the field pressure forces.
Also the light particles will move towards the centre.
85
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
4. B, C
According to Bernoulli’s principle, an increase of pressure is accompanied by a decrease of velocity and
viceversa.
p
If 1 ; p p ; v v ; i.e., v < v; 1
p
p
If 1 ; p p ; v > v'; v v; 1
p
5. A, D
Stopping potential depends on frequency.
Current
n 1 1
u 2gh 2gh 1
n n
86
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
If the angle of projection is less than , it will have some velocity and the maximum height and the block
overflows P.
8. C
x A sin t
A
A sin T1 ...(1)
2
A
A sin T1 T2 ...(2)
2
From eq. (1), T1 ; From eq. (2), T1 T2
6 4
T1 T2 6
; T 2T
T1 4 1 2
9. A, D
d2 > d1
Block is displaced downwards by a distance x . Bouyant form upwards is Bd1
and decrease in bouyent fore of the upper ligand is Bd2.
where B = the volume Axg
Frestoring Bd 2 Bd1
Axg d 2 d1
Axg
a d 2 d1
m
a x
The motion is SHM.
Option A is correct and B is incorrect.
a 2 x
g
2 d 2 d1
m
g
d 2 d1
m
Frequency of oscillation is depending on mass and not the size.
The restoring force is zero when the block is at the middle.
The displacement of the centre of the cylinder is symmetric about its equilibrium position.
87
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
10. A, D
2 r2
Terminal velocity v t g
9
v t r 2 --------(1)
When n drops combines
nr 3 R 3 ; R n r ; For n = 8; R 2 4r 2 ; R 2r
2 2/3 2
F1 r v t r v
. . t ; F2 8f1 . Option (D) is correct.
F2 R VT 2r 4v t
11. A, C
Since they are at the same temperature, same size, same material and same outer area, the initial rate of loss
of heat will be the same.
The heat content in the solid cube is greater than that of the hollow cube. Thus after a long time, temperature
of the solid cube will be higher.
12. A, C
Since A is rotating about one end, its kinetic energy is greater than that of B. When the rotation is suddenly
stopped the kinetic energy is converted into heat energy.
Option (A) is correct.
1 1
Rotational KE = Heat produced . mL2 2 ms T
2 3
L2 2 102 20 2
T 1.58o C ; Option (C) is correct.
6s 6 4200
13. A, B, C
Specific heat is defined as the heat required to raise the temperature of a body of mass 1 kg by 1 K.
For an isothermal process there is no temperature change and hence T 0 , which implies that C
For an adiabatic process, there is no heat exchange and hence Q 0 , which implies that C = 0.
14. A, D
f 3
For mono atomic gases, they don’t have vibrational energy at any temperature so C v R R at all
2 2
temperatures.
5
For diatomic gases, at low temperature, C v R , but at high temperature vibrational energy will be
2
considered.
5
Cv R
2
88
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
15. A, B, D
L L0 1 t L0 1 10
Surface area of one face
A L20 1 10 L 0 1 100 20
2
2 2
A L20 1 20
is small 2 is very small, so neglected.
A A 0 1 20
m m
Density d v L3 1 10 3
0
m d0
d
v 0 1 30 1 30
16. A, C, D
For one mole of an ideal gas PV = RT
The coefficient of volume expansion at constant pressure is given by
V R
= constant.
T P P
Option (A) is correct.
The average translational kinetic energy per molecule is 3/2 kT and not 3 kT. With decrease of pressure,
volume of the gas increases so its mean free path. Option (C)
The average translational kinetic energy of the molecule is independent of their nature, so each component of
the gaseous mixture will have the same value of average translational kinetic energy. Option (D).
17. B, C
420
Frequency 7
60
Frequency of siren 348 2 is 350 or 346
Option (C)
350
The number of holes 50 . Option B.
7
18. B, D
d
Emf | E | ; BA cos
dt
d
|| BA cos ; B, A and are constants | | 0
dt
89
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
19. A, D
Flux, B.A ; BA1 cos BA 2 cos
a 2 a 2 Ba 2
B. B cos ; 1 cos
2 2 2
Ba 2 d Ba 2 d
E 1 cos ; E sin .
2 dt 2 dt
Ba 2 E Ba 2
E sin ; I sin
2 R 2R
Ba 2
when 0 ; I = 0; when ; I
2 2R
20. B, D
F
C l
F1 IlB B 2l 2 Ca ; F = ma = F1 ; F B l C m a ; a
2 2 F
; Q v
B l C m
2 2
21. A, B, C, D
50
Frequency Hz , L = 100 H
C 1F and R 10 k
If voltage across R increase, it implies I will increase.
50
V2 IX L ; X L L 2fL 2 100 104 ; V3 IX C
1 1 1
XC 104
50
C 2fC 2 1 10 6 ; Here, X L X C
100
Impedance Z R 2 X L XC R 10 k ; So, I 102 A
2
4
10
90
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
22. B, C
d
r2
C
b
r1
x
a c
1 sin 1 2 sin 2 ; sin 1 ; sin 2
a b
2 2
c d2
2
1a 2c b d
; cos 1 ; cos 2
a 2 b2 c2 d 2 a 2 b2 c2 d 2
(n × r2) is perpendicular to both n̂ and r2 . It is perpendicular to r1 also.
The angle between r1 and n r2 is 90o. ; r1 . nˆ r2 0
23. A, B, C
Light after refraction, f it is incident at the pole, the light may appear its path retraced and the image is formed
at the position of the source. If light after refraction fall on the mirror at normal to the mirror surfaces the light
actually retraces and the image is formed at the position of the object.
There are two situation as explained above.
24. A, B, C , D
1 1 1 1 1 1
; ; v = –45 cm.
u v f v 90 30
v 2 du 45
2
dv
2. 4 1 cm / s
dt u dt 902
Magnitude of velocity of image is 1 cm/s.
Since the image move away the mirror and particle moves towards each other. The velocity of the image with
respect to the particle is 4 –(–1) = 5 cm/s.
dv v 2 dy
2
dt u dt
dv
For low value of u, v will be higher and therefore , the image velocity is high.
dt
91
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
25. A, C
2 t
Equivalent length of the glass plate in water ; O.P.D. 2 1 t
1 1
26. C, D
We apply the lens formula considering the refractive indices of the medium involved.
2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1
; Susbtituting the values ;
v u R v R R v R
Thus, the image will be formed in the same position and is independent of the value of the refractive index.
27. A, C
C
R
l2 N
l Ncos Ncos
O N N
N2 N2
A
l
In disc sin ; l l2 sin R tan
l2
2N cos mg ; 2N 2 2N cos
mg
N 2 N cos . Option A is corect.
2
Taking torque about point O
Nl N 2 OA cos T sin .OA
OA.T sin OAN 2 cos Nl2 sin OAN 2 cos NR tan
tan
OA.N 2 cos N 2 R
cos
N 2 R sin
T sin N 2 cos .
OA cos 2
cos N 2 R 1 NR
T N2 . N 2 cos t 2 .sec 2
sin OA cos 2
OA
R mg 9
N 2 cot .sec 2 cot .sec 2
OA 2 c
Option C is correct.
92
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
28. A, D
ms cos
ms
r
B
c
ms sin
mg sin mg
Since the rod is rotating with constant angular velocity.
mg sin mr2 cos
g sin g 10 3 5
2 tan 6.25
r cos r 8 3
2.s rad / s
Option (A) is correct.
The hinge reaction is acting towards the opposite side of the rod.
Angle between hinge reaction at point A and vertical axis is 53o.
Option (B) is wrong.
The magntitude of the hinge reaction at A ms2 sin mg cos 117 N
Option (C) is wrong.
The angular momentum of the rod is conserved.
Option (D) is correct.
29. A, B, C, D
C
W 4 10 40N
W
Initially normal reaction is at the centre C when no force F is applied when F = 10 N is applied.
10N
40N C 40N
R x
R = 40 N
R + 10 = 40 R = 30 N
93
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
d2 1 d 5a t 1 5a 2
2
i2 ---------(2)
dt R dt R R
d3 1 d 0.5a 1 a 2
2
i3 -------(3); i 2 i1 i 3
dt R dt R 4
31. A, D
4v
v cos 37 o Q
5
4l
3l 3v
v cos 53o
5
37o 53o 53
o
P v
37o 53o R 53o
4l
3l 3v
5
4v
5 S
When the point R is drawn to the right with velocity v, PQ will rotate in the clockwise direction with angular
3v
velocity , where ; emf produced
5 4l
1 1 3v 6
4l Bvl ;
2
e PQ B lef2 B. Option (A) is correct.
2 2 5 4l 5
For the side QR
When the poin R is drawn to the right the side QR will rotate in the anti-clockwise direction about R with
4v
angular velocity , where
5 3l
1 1 4v
3 l 6 Blv ; Option (D) is correct.
2
emf produced; eQR B lef2 B.
2 2 5 3l 5
94
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
32. A, B, C, D
R 2R cos / 2 dT R R sin / 2
T ; 0 0
2v0 v0 d 2v0 v0
R 3
sin / 2 ½ 60o T 3 ; Distance R 2R
v0 6 3 2
33. A, B, C, D
2
t p2 t2
A Kinetic energy k k 0 ; k0 2
t0 2m t0
dp mv 2 p 2
p t ; p = kt; Ft k , a constant; B Fc
dt r rm
But p 2 t 2 ; Fc t 2
C After a long sun, Ft remains constant and Fc increases with t2. The resultant force leaves towards radially
inwards making smaller angle with the radius.
34. A, B, C, D
For breaking off the plane.; Fsin mg ; a t 20 sin mg
mg
t0 ; Speed at time of breaking off.
a sin
t0
at 2 cos at 2 cos a cos mg mg mg3
v dt 0 .
0
m 3m 3m a sin a sin 9a tan 2 sin
O
B i B
A i
A
I
C
95
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
38. A, C
hc
Energy of the photon ; Work function = h 0
hc hc hc
Maximum KE h 0 ; For h 0 ; h 0 0 , the minimum KE
39. C, D
o
For the emission of photo electrons 5200 A . For this condition ultra violet light is required.
40. A, B, C
41. A, B, C
h p2
De Broglie wavelength and kinetic energy K
p 2m
K A PA2 2B
Thus 4; B 2 A
K B PB2 A2
96
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1 1
w 12 v 2 v1 p1 p 2 ; w13 v3 v1 p1 p3
2 2
1 1 1
w 14 v 4 v1 p1 p 4 ; w13 w12 v3 v1 p1 p3 v 2 v1 p1 p 2
2 2 2
1 1
w13 12 p1v3 p3 v3 p1v1 p3 v1 p1v2 p 2 v 2 p1v1 p2 v1 p1 v3 v 2 v1 p 2 p3
2 2
v3 v 2 and p 2 p3 ; w13 w12 ; Q2 Q1 .......(1)
1
w14 v 4 v1 p1 p 4
2
1
w14 13 v 4 v1 p1 p 4 v3 v1 p1 p3
2
1 1
p1v4 p4 v 4 p1v1 p 4 v1 p1v3 p3 v3 p1v1 p3 v1 p1 v 4 v3 v1 p3 p4
2 2
v4 v3 and p3 p 4 ; w14 w13 ; Q3 Q 2 ------- (2)
From (1) and (2) Q3 Q 2 Q1
45. A, C
Since PQ and dc both cuts the lines of field.
Motional emf will be induced across both of them.
Integrating potential difference across dx
2a
0i v 0i
de v 2x dx ; edc l n 2 , with d at higher potential.
a 2
2v 0i
e PQ l n 2 , with P at higher potential.
2
The relative velocity of the rod PQ with respect to the frame. vrel 2v v v
l
Time taken by it to lose contact; t
v
v 0i
Net emf in the closed loop QP dc; e ePQ edc ln 2
2
CV 0i
q l n 2 1 2 t / RC
2
Cement passing through the capacitor at any time t
e t /RC v 0i
i e l n 2 e t / RC
R 2R
97
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
46. C, D
Given, two spheres A and B; rA rB - radius
c A c B - heat capacity; A B - since both painted black.
Both heated to the same temperature T.; By the laws of cooling
q AT 4 -rate of loss of heat.; Thus, q A A A A TA4
4
q A A A TA4 TA
q B B A B T ;
4 . A A A B
q B A B TB4 TB
B
qA
For any given temperature ; q B is a constant.; Item Option (C) is correct.
Since C A CB , a retains heat better than B. Thus B cools faster than A, Option (D) is correct.
47. A, B
y
j
P
u
u sin
x
O u cos i
Velocity at any instant.; v u cos ˆi u sin gt ˆj
t2
r u cos t ˆi u sin t g ˆj
2
Angular momentum L r Mv M r v
t 2 ˆ
M ut cos i ut sin g j u cos ˆi u sin gt ˆj
ˆ
2
i j k
gt 2
M ut cos ut sin 0
2
u cos u sin gt 0
ug cos t 2
M.kˆ u 2 sin cos t ug cos t 2 u 2 cos sin t
2
98
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
Mugt 2 cos
k̂ . Option (B) is correct.
2
dL
Rate of change of angular momentum.; Mgut cos . Option (A) is correct.
dt
48. A, B, C
Conserving momentum along the east west line
M v cos 2 45 v 0 Mv 0 ; 2Mv 0 Mv cos 2 45o ; v0 v / 4
v v
Vertical speed North speed v cos 45
2 o
;
2 2
v v v 1 1 1 13
East speed ; Speed from ground v v
2 4 4 2 4 16 16
49. C, D
Speed is more than the orbital but less than the escape velocity therefore an elliptical orbit will form. The
speed is perpendicular to the radius.
It must be either an apogee or a perigee. But since the speed will be increasing, the launch point must be the
perigee.
50. A, B, C, D
V2 v2
ac or R
R ac
J
mv = J; v
m
Angular momentum I
JL
Moment of momentum 6J
22
I mL mL
12
L J 3J 4J
vA v
2 m m m
2
L 6J L 18J 2
a CA
2
.
2 mL 2 m 2 L
2
V 2 4J m 2 L 8
RA A L
a CA m 18J 2 9
L 2J 4J 2 m 2 L 2
UB v ; RB . L
2 m m 18J 2 9
99
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
51. A, B, C
aextreme = amean
vextreme = 0
aR = 0
at = a constant
m
mean
aR = constant
at = 0
aR mean a T extrem
2g 1 cos g sin ; 2 1 cos sin
1 cos 1 sin 2
sin
;
2
1 cos
2
4
; 1 cos 2
2 cos 4 sin 2
100
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
52. B, C
For small angle of inclinations, ball rolls without slipping. So there is no work done by friction. At some critical
angle 0c, the ball starts slipping. For c , energy would be lost due to work done by kinetic friction. But
again for / 2 , friction would be zero.
53. C, D
As going up, speed of the particle is decreasing and hence the time taken in crossing the windows will be
t1 t 2 t 3 (If W1 = W2 = W3)
Simultaneously V t ; V1 V2 V3
For unequal windows t1 = t2 = t3 may be if W3 < W2 < W1
54. B, C
du A B
F
dr r 3 3r 2
3A
For equilibrium F = 0; r
B
Option (B) is correct.
B2
Total energy ; TE = PE + KE
6A
When radial velocity is zero KE = 0; TE PE
B B
55. B, C
u
P
O
a11 = g cos
u
=
0
a11 = gsin
a=
gs
in
It can be observed from the figure that P and Q shall collide if the initial component of velocity of P along the
incline u11 = 0 i.e., particle is projected perpendicular to the indine.
101
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
2u gT cos
Time of flight T g cos ; u 10 m/s ; Option (B) is correct.
2
For the particle P, when it meets with Q
1 g
y 0 ; 0 ut g cos t ; u cos .t ; u t ; Option (C) is correct.
2
2 2
56. A, C
r u a constant; Taking log on both sides.; log log R log v
1 d 1 dR d dR
. . 0;
dt R dt dt R dt
dR
Angular acceleration . ------(1)
R dt
In internal dt radius charges by dR
dR vd
2R .dR vdt d ;
dt 2R
vd v2d
Put in (1), -------(2)
r 2R 2R 3
1
Angular acceleration ;Option (A) is correct.
R3
v2d Iu 2 d
Torque î I ; F.R. I. ; F ; Option (C) is correct.
2R 3 2R 4
57. B, C, D
For pure rolling motion, static friction would act in the forward direction on the sphere. Work done by static
friction is change in the kinetic energy of the sphere. Work done by static friction on the complete sphere +
Plank system is zero.
58. A, B, C, D
10V
O 2 t 6
10 10
From time t = 0 to t = 2.; m 5; v t5 t; From time t = 2 to t = 6
2 2
10
m 2.5 ; v 2.5 t c ; At t = 6; 0 = –2.5 × 6 + c; c = 15
4
Ldi
v 2.5 t 15 ; v
dt
; Ldi v dt ; For 0 2 s ; Ldi 5t dt
102
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
5 2 5
Li t c1 ; But c1 = 0; Li t 2
2 2
5 t2
i t
2
--------(1)
2L 4
1
At t = 1; i = A; Option (B) is correct.
4
2.5 2
26 s; L.di vdt ; 10 di 2.5 t 15 dt ; 10i 2 t 15t c 2
2.5
at t = 2; i = 1 A; 10 1 4 15 2 C 2
2
2.5 2
C 2 15 ; 10i t 15t 15
2
2.5 36 30
15 6 15 45 90 15 60 ; i 3A
2 10
Option (A) is correct.
2.5 2 5
For t = 4; 10i 4 15 4 15 20 60 15 25 ; i = 2.5 A = A
2 2
From (1) it is clear that the current versus time is a parabola.
Option (D) is correct.
59. B, C, D
i A B
R
R Q
C C
V V V
In the steady state i ; Vc iR ; QC ; When the switch is closed.
2R 2 2
i A i1+i2 B i1
i R
+ Q+q +
R 2 q
C C 1
i3 i2
dq 2 dq1
i2 ; i1 ; Kirchoff’s voltage law is applied in the right most loop.
dt dt
Q q 2 q1
0; Q + q2 = q1; Differentiating w.r.to time.
c c
103
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
dq 2 dq1
0 i 2 i1
dt dt
i i1 i 2 i3 ; i 2i1 i 3 -------(1)
Applying K.V.L. in the first loop.
V
V iR i3R 0 ; i3 i ----(2)
R
V
(2) in (1); i 2i1 i
R
V V
2i 2i1 ; i i1 -------(3)
R 2R
Applying K.V.L. in the outerloop.
q1 V
V iR 0; From (3) iR i1R
C 2
V q1 V q1
V i1R 0; i1R
2 C 2 C
CV 2q1 dq1 dq1 dt
.R ;
2C dt CV 2q1 2RC
q1 t
dq 1 1 CV 2q t CV 2q t
CV
t
q1 1 e RC
; when t = 2, R1 R 2 2 and C1 C2 1F
2
1 2
2
1
q1 1 e ;
21
When t = 2s; q1 1
2 e
Option (C) is correct.
The current through the wire A B is i 1 + i2
CV CV CV t / RC
i1 i 2 2i1 ; q1
2
1 e t / RC
2
2
e
dr1 CV t / RC 1 C t / RC 1 1
i1 e e e ; i1 i 2 e 1
dt 2 RC 2R 2
Option (B) is correct.
CV 1
Q q 2 q1 ; q1
2
1 e t /RC 1 e 1 1
e
Option (D) is correct.
104
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
60. B, C
When connected in parallel
t1 t 2 30 45
tp 18 min .
t1 t 2 30 45
2
VR2 VL2 V12 20 2 800 ...(i)
VL VC 15 ...(ii)
105
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
VR 20 volts ; VL 20 volts
VL - VC = 15; 20 - VC = 15; VC = 5 volts
R iR VR 20 4
Power factor cos
Z iZ VZ 25 5
64. B, D
C1 6F 36 C ; C2 3F 24 C ; C3 4F 40 C
Applying kVL
q 40 q 24 q 36 q q q q q
4 0 ; 4 10 8 6 0
4 4 3 6 4 4 3 6
q q q q
0; q 0.
4 4 3 6
Hence there is no flow of charge. Final charge on capacitor C4 is zero.
Charge in C1 is 36 C, Charge in C2 is 24 C and Charge in C3 is 40 C
65. B, D
hC 12400
As we know that, K v 2 , where is in electron Volt and is in A
o
o
When light of wavelength 6000 A is used
12400
0.3 1.77 1.8eV (approximately)
6000
o
When light with wavelength 4000 A is used
12400
eV
4000
106
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
66. B, C
Condition for maximum intensity due to thin film
2d n ; 2d 2p 1 1 ; 2p 1 1 4d
2 2
Here 1 1150 nm . Since only two wavelength give maximum intensity, so
4d 4d 1 2 1 2p 1
1
2 p 1 1 2 p 2 1 ; 2 p 1 1 2 p 2 1
1 2p 1 2p 1
or 1
2 p 1 1 2 p 2 1
1 1 1 1150 400
p 1......, or
2 1 2 1150 400
d
2 2 1 400 109
500 nm ; 2
4d
4 1 500 109
666.7 nm
4 1 2 p 1 1 2 1
d 500 109
T 3.1o C
h 8 106 2 102
67. B, C
F mg 40 103 9.8
k = stiffness of string 1.96 N / m
x max x max 20 102
2205
When we replace the mass 40 gm by the mass m 2 gm , we have
32
107
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
m 3
T 2 sec
k 8
2 k 16 16
rad / sec ; x = x0 cos t 0.2cos t
T m 3 3
16 16 16t
a x 0 2 cos t 0.2 cos
9 3
2.5 16t 1 16t
0.2 cos ; cos
100 3 8 3
16t 1 16 16 1 32
cos 1 ; a 0.2 m / s2 ; Option (B) is correct.
3 8 9 8 45
10 16t 1 16t 16t
x 0.2 cos ; cos cos ; 2n
100 3 2 3 3 3 3
3n
t sec ; For n = 0 ; t ; Option (C) is correct.
8 8 8
68. B,C
F F
For transverse wave. v T
S
900 30
VAl 6
600 m / s
2.5 10 10
3
50 103
900 30 1000
VCu 6
m/s
8.1 10 10
3
90 10 3
3
a r VAl VCu 3 2
0.3
a i VAl VCu 2800 7
3
Y
For longitudinal wave Vt
9 1010 3 103
VAl 6000 m / s
2.5 103 50
108
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
69. B, C
Consider the system at any time t when each block is moving with speed v and spring has an extension x.
k 2mg 2g 2mg k m
a max 2 A ; vmax A 2g
3m k 3 k 3m 3k
Option (B) and (C) are correct.
70. B, D
The energy released in decay is given by
Q M u M Th M He c 2
Substituting the atomic masses as given in the data, we find
Q 238.05079 234.04363 4.00260 u c 2 0.00456 u c 2 0.00456 u c2
If 238
92 U spontaneously emits a proton, the decay process would be 238
92 U 91
237
Pa 11 H
The Q for this process to happen is
M u M Pu M H c2 238.05079 237.05121 1.00783 u c 2 0.00825 u c 2
109
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
71. A, B, C
The string is attached to the rod, the point is fixed. In the other end, a heavy mass is attached. The string
behaves as a stretched string. The ball is at x = 0.
The equation of motion or wave function.
x T 50 9.8
y x, t A sin sin t ; v 70 m / s
2L M 0.1
1; 4 m
4
70
frquency = 17.5 Hz .; v max A
4
v max 15 15
A 0.136 m 13.6 10 2 m
2f 2 17.5
Options A, B, C are correct.
72. A, B
m0 m0 m0 m0
M 1.15 m 0
v 2
0.25c 2
0.75 0.866
1 1
c2 c2
1.15 m 0 m 0
% increase m0
100 15% ; Option (A) is correct.
m0 m0 5
m m0
0.8c
2 0.6 3
1
c2
Option (B) is correct.
KE K mc 2 m 0 c 2 8.68 m 0 c 2 m 0 c 2 7.68 m 0 c 2 7.68 1.6 10 17 9 1016 11.06 J
Option (C) is wrong.
mc 2 m 0 c 2 m 0 c 2 ; mc 2 2m 0 c 2 ; m = 2 m0
m0 1
2m 0 4
2
v ; v2
1 1 2
c2 c
4v 2 3c 2
3 ; v 2
c2 4
3
v .c 0.866 c ; Option D is wrong.
2
110
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
73. A, B, C
m 1 2n 1 6 m 2 2n 1
40 ; n 30 ;
2 2 2 m 4 3
n 1 m 2 40 cm ; n 4 m 6 v f f / 40 f 0
n = 7 m = 10; 8 second overtone; f = v/8 = 5f0; n = 10 m = 14
40 7v
f3 .
7 40
74. C, D
change in velocity
Avg. acceleration
Time interval
From the graph, at 5 sec the velocity is found to be nearly 5 m/s.
Average acceleration 1 .; Option (A) is wrong.
Also it is less than 1.; Option (B) is wrong.
But it is less than 3 m / s 2 ; Option (C) is correct.
It is less than 1 for 5 to 10 sec.; Option (D) is correct.
75. A, C
Upto time t = g/k, N will be along upwards direction after that it will be along downward direction.
76. A, B
Let the incident wave has intensity = I
So, intensity of reflected wave = 0.64I
2
Ai 1 A2 4
I A i2 ; Ans, 0.64I A 2R ; So,
A R 0.64 Ai 5
77. B, D
When observer P approaches stationary source at speed v.
vu
N1 N 0 ------- (1)
v
When source S appraoche the stationary observer P at speed v
v
N2 N0
vu
Thus N2 > N1 (Option B)
When both S and P approach each other with speed v/2
vv/2
N3 N0
vv/2
Hence N3 > N0 lies between N1 and N2.
111
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
78. B, C
0r A 0r A
When dielectric is filled C1 ; Charge Q1 C1E .E
d d
0A 0 A
when dielectric is removed C 2 ; Charge Q 2 C2 E .E
d d
0 r AE 0 AE 0 A
Decrease in charge Q1 Q 2 r 1 E
d d d
79. B, C, D
q –q (Q + q)
–(Q + q)
1 2 3
d 2d
q Qq dq 2d Q q
V1 V2 V2 V3 0 ; 0; 0
C1 C2 0 A 0 A
2Q
qd + 2dQ + 2dq = 0; 3dq = –2dQ q
3
Final charge distribution
2Q
3
2Q Q Q
3 3 3
80. A, C
+Q
C
–Q +Q B
A
–Q
+Q
112
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
81. B, C
If the second sphere is negatively charged.
+ –
+ + – –
+ + + – – –
+ + + – – –
+ + – –
negatively charged
R1 = 600
120 V
R2 = 300
When the voltmer is connected across 600 . The equvalent resistances R eq 300
Total series resistance 300 300 600
120
Current in the circuit i1 0.2 A
600
V1 300 0.2 60 V
When the voltmeter is connected across 300
R eq 200
Series resistance = 600 200 800
120 3
i2 A
800 20
3
V2 200 30 V
20
113
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
83. A, C
The values and arrangement of the resistances are such that it satisfies the Wheatestone’s principle. Thus
there is no current across x and y. The 20 rsistance across x and y is neglected. x and y are at the same
potential.
The resistance across A and B is 1
84. A, B, C
0 Ir 0I 1
For r < R; B B r ; For r > R; B B
2R 2 2r r
At the centre, no current is enclosed ; B0
85. A, C
v 2 u 2 3v 2
u = v, v = 2 v; s = 2a; v u 2as ; a
2 2 ; F = ma = qE
2s 4a
If x = y; F = 0; F x 2 y 2
P0 A PA
Mg PA P0 A ; M
g g
mg
P0 P0 A m
P A ; M
P i 2g 2
2 2
114
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
88. A, B, D
B C : C C v R / 2 2R ; So; QBC nC TC TB 2nR TC TB
TC TA nRTB
Also; T 4, T 2 ; Thus; QBC 6nR TB ; Q net Q CA B 130 J
B B 2
89. C, D
T
a
mg
mg – T = ma -------(1)
l ml 2
T. .cos ------(2) î I
2 12
l
Torque about the centre of mass, a cos . -------(3)
2
l ml 2 2a
T. cos
2 12 l cos
l ml a
mg ma cos
2 6 cos
3g cos 2
a -------(4)
3cos 2 1
when 30 o
3 9g
3g.
a 4 4 9g
3 13 13 ; Option (D) is correct.
3 1
4 4
9g 13 9 4 mg
T mg ma m g a m g mg
13 13 13
Option (C) is correct.
90. B, C
m B 2m A Z B 2Z A . Let ZA Z, ZB 2Z
13.6 5
So; E B E A 3Z2 5.667
36
Z 1
115
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
91. A, C
Upward displacement of the rod
2
y a 1 cos a 1 cos a.2sin 2 2 a. a
2 2
2 2 4 2
b b
and a ;
2 2a
is the angle turned by the rod from the horizontal.
2
a b b2 2 b2
y t
2
y ;
2 2a 8a 8a
b 2 2
acceleration of the rod’s centre
4a
mb 2 2
Force on the rod F
4a
92. B, D
3a
h ; v0 2gh
4
v0 1.5ag v 0 sin 26.5o ; v 1.5ag sin 26.5o
and v = v0 cos (90o - 26.5o)
93. A, C
2
t2
g cos sin cos 2
d
For min. time;
d
cos sin cos 2 0
1
tan 2 ; K U Wfriction
v0 2g tan
116
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
94. A, C
Z n2 Z2 v
v ,R and E 2 ; vR n and n
n Z n E
95. A, B, D
v0 1 1 v02
mv0 4m m v ; v ; mv0 . 5m . E
2
5 2 2 25
1 1 v2 1 2 4
mv02 . m E ; mv 0 E
2 2 25 2 5
1 5
mv 02 E ; E 13.6
2 4
1 3 1 5 3
E 13.6 1 . 13.6 ; mv 20 13.6, 13.6 17 eV,8.16 eV
4 4 2 4 5
96. A, C
L
x
xdm 0 x1
0
L 5L
x CM
dm 0 1 x 9
0 L
5L 4L
Distance of centre of mass from A = L . Option (A) is correct.
9 9
Half length mass
L
x
dm 0 0 1 L dx .
L
x
Total mass = 2 × Half length mass 2 dm 2 0 1 L dx 3L 0
0
Option (B) is wrong.
When the rod is in equilibrium.
The torque due to the bouyant force (anti clockwise) and the torque due to the applied force (clockwise) are
in equilibrium.
L 17
A0. g L sin F.L.cos
9 18
L 17 1 17
F A 0 . g. L A 0g ; Option (C) is correct.
9 18 3 162 3
The bouyant force will act at the centre of mass of the liquid displaced.
Option (D) is wrong.
117
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
97. B, C
v0 d v0
;
l R dt l R
v0
C
)
B (l - R
l2 l2
v0 t ; t ; For this time the bead will be in the disc.
2R 2v0 R
l2
Distance travelled = v0 t ; Option (C) is correct.
2R
2
d d d d v 0 . v 0 R v 0 R
Angular acceleration . .
l R l R 2 l R 3
dt d dt d
v20 R
For 0 ; 3 ; Option (B) is correct.
l
98. A, D
Use horizontal & vertical velocity components for comparison.
99. A, D
Kinetic energy can never be negative.
100. A, B, C, D
Use of coulomb forces.
101. A, B, C, D
f max s N s mg 0.6 10 10 60 N
When we apply a force more than 60 N the block will move.
f k k mg 0.4 10 10 40 N
After moving a force more than 40 N is required.
102. B, C
Segment S1 has lower wavelength photons, so E1 > E2 and intensity is equal. so n2 > n1.
103. B, C
Liquid will experience a force in downward direction always. So, N will be more than Mg. Magnitude of
velocity will increase on downward journey and will decrease in upward journey.
118
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
104. A, B, C
By energy conservation.
PE at (–2, 1) is equal to KE at the bottom (0, 0)
PE = KE of Translation + KE of rotation.
1 1 2 1 1 3R 2 v 2
m × gh = mv I ;
2
3 9.8 0.965 3 v2 .
2 2 2 2 2 R2
2
v 2 12.6093 ; v 3.55 9.8 ; Option (A) is correct.
15
v 9.8 2 2
140 rad / s ; Option (B) is correct.
r 0.057 15 15
mv 2 3 12.6093
At the bottom, N mg 3 9.8 49 N ; Option (C) is correct.
R r 2 0.07
105. A, C
When tan , the particle will remain at rest on the wedge and force exerted by it on the wedge will be
equal to mg in the vertically downward direction and wedge will remain at rest. When tan the particle
will slide down the wedge and force exerted by it on wedge will be as shown.
q
2 0
4R 2 x 2 R 2 x 2
1
2
mv 2
qR
2 0 ;
v
q
m0
R R 2 x 2 4R 2 x 2
Welectricforce U q Vf Vi
q
2 0
R R 2 x 2 4R 2 x 2 ; a
qE q x
m
1
m 2 0 R 2 x 2
1
4R 2 x 2
q x q 1 q
f
4 0 mR (since x <<R); 4 0 mR
;
2 4 0 mR
119
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
107. A, C
The block will start moving
When F mg i.e. F>10N; t 1s
The velocity of block is maximum when F mg 0
i.e. at t = 5s; Net impulse = change in momentum
1 1
6 30 2 10 1 10 4 mv max
2 2
v max 20 m / s
From t = 1s to t = 6s
1 35
30 6 5 10 5 2v ; v m/s
2 2
108. B, C
Let the velocity of the centre of mass of each dumbbell be VCM and angular velocity .
v 2 v1
Since u u 1
1 2
l l
v CM v CM
2 2 1
u u
2vCM l 2u ------(1)
Speed of the centre of mass of each dumbbell at the time of collision is zero.
vCM 0 ; from (1)
2u
0 l 2u ;
l
Options (B) and (C) are correct.
120
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
109. A, B, C, D
reduced mass 2m
Time period of oscillation T 2 2
k 3k
T m 2m 2m
Required time t
4 2 3mk 2 3k
2mv 0 2v 0
VCM
3m 3
v0
Initially at mean position the block of mass 2m is moving with velocity towards right w.r.t centre of mass.
3
v0 2v 0 v 0
Hence its minimum speed is
3 3 3
1 1
For the block of mass 2m ; 2mv 02 3k x 2
2 2
2mv02
x ------ (1)
3k
In centre of mass frame for block of mass 2m,
1 v2 1 2mv02
2m 0 3k A 2 ; A
2 9 2 27k
110. B, C, D
Let M G a b Bc ;
a b c
M M 1L3T 2 ML1T 1 ML1T 2
1 5
a , b 4, c ;
2 2
a b c 1 3
further let L G a b Bc M 1L3T 2 ML1T 1 ML1T 2 ; a , b 2, c
2 2
121
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
111. A, B
p12 p 22 2p1p 2 cos 60o p 2 (where p = mv)
p1 2 2
p1 2p 2 ...(ii)
p 2 1 1
p1 6v p2 3v
v1 and v 2
m/3 7 2m / 3 2 7
Increase in kinetic energy of the system due to explosion.
2 2
1 m 6v 1 2m 3v 1 13
mv 2 mv 2
2 3 7 2 3 2 7 2 28
112. B, C
Magnetic flux in a circular loop of radius r
r r
Kt
B 2r dr 2rdr 2Ktr
0 0
r
d
E.dr dt
E 2r 2Kr ; E K
qE Kqt
Velocity of the bead v at t
m m
mv 2
Further qvB N
R
K 2q2 t 2 m K 2q 2 t 2
N N0
mR R m2
122
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
113. A, C, D
v vw
fw f
v
v v v vw
f1 fw f
v vw v vw v
v vw
f1 f
v vw
v
1 w
v v vw v 1 2v w
1
f1 v v w v
1 w v
v
v vw 2v
Frequency of the echo heard by the observer f1 f 1 w 1000
v vw v
2
1 1000 994 Hz
1000 / 3
Beat frequecny detected by the receiver = f - f1=1000-994 = 6Hz
114. A, B, C
4
When the switch S was open, charge on the capacitors, q1 Ceq V 3 4C . When the switch S is
3
closed then in steady state charge on capacitor of capacitance 2F will be zero and charge on 4F capacitor
q 2 4 3 12 C . After the switch S was closed.
1 14
Change in energy stored in capacitors 49 9 12 J
2 23
Hence, Heat produced 24 12 12 J
123
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
115. A, B, D
1 m 2 2
Using conservation of energy mg 1 cos 37 0
2 2 3
1 1 m 2 2 3g 3 10
mg 0 ; 0 2 rad / s
2 5 2 3 5 5 1.5
r
Now, e e0 0.5 2 1rad / s
0 r
m 2 4
0 ; J 1 1.5 3 ; J 9 N S
2
Now, Jr
3 3
116. A, B, C, D
3v
In first overtone, f
4
3v 3 330 9 9
m; m
4f 4 220 8 8
The amplitude of pressure variation inside the pipe is a P0 sin kx
2
At x ; a P0 sin
2 2
3
In first overtone,
4
2 3 3 P
a P0 sin P0 sin 0
8 4 2
P
The maximum pressure at the middle of the pipe P0
2
124
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
117. A, B, C
The equivalent circuit in steady state is shown
63
Re q. 6 2 10
63
1
The motional emf between the ends M and N of the rod is MN B 2 cos 2 sin 2
2
1 4 16 9
3 3 0.56 volt
2 9 25 25
1 1
The motional emf between the mid-point C and the end N of the rod is CN B 2 cos 2
2 4
1 4 16 1
3 3 0.78 volt
2 9 25 4
125
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
119. B, C
For central maxima
s
m t d sin s 1 t ;
d sin s l t s m t
1103 sin 1.5 1 2 104 1.9 1.2 104
0.3 104 3 3 y 3
1103 sin 1 0.7 104 ; sin 3
; tan ; y 3cm
1 10 100 100 D 100
Phase difference between the light waves for point ‘O’
2 2
r, 7
0.3 104 2 60
5 10
Maxima is formed at point ‘O’.; I max 41 4 105 W / m 2
120. A, C, D
dy dx dy 2
v y 4m / s, 4 ; v x 2y, 2y ;
dt dt dx y
y x
ydy 2 dx y 4x
2
0 0
dv dy
2. 2 4 8iˆ
v 2yiˆ 4ˆj ; a a 8iˆ m / s 2
dt dt
a
v
a.
ˆ
8i.
2 yiˆ 4 ˆj
16 y
8y
tangential acceleration t v 42 2y 16 4 y 4 y2
2 2
v
a n a 8iˆ
2 yiˆ 4 ˆj
32
16
normal acceleration. v 4 2 y 16 4 y 4 y2
2 2 2
126
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
121. A, B, D
Moment of inertia of the system about instantaneous axis of rotation is I p 2MR 2 2mR 2 6mR 2
mR 0 R
Distance of centre of mass of the system from centre of the ring is r
mM 3
1
Using conservation of energy of the system mgR I p 2
2
1 g
mgR 6mR 2 2 ;
2 3R
R gR
Now, p I p ; M m g 2 R 6mR 2 ; 3m g 6mR
2
3 3 3
4 2g
mgR 6mR 2 ;
3 9R
2g 2g
For pure rolling motion a R ; acceleration of the centre of the ring a
9 9
122. A, B, D
5R
Q AB nCp T 2 3T0 15RT0 4500 R
2
In the process BC, PV5/2 = constant
R
The molar heat capacity of the gas in the process BC is C C v
1 x
3R R 3R 2R 5R 5R
; C
2 5 2 3 6 6
1
2
5R
Q BC nCT 2 3T0 5RT0 1500R
6
nRT 2R 3T0
WBC 4RT0 1200 R
1 x 5
1
2
127
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
123. A, C
Y 2 1011
The velocity of the longitudinal wave in a solid rod is v 5000 m / s
8 103
n1 = 0.5, n2 = 3, n3 = 1.5
Total no. of loops formed, n = 0.5 + 3+ 1.5 = 5 loops
5 2 2 1
; 0.4 m
2 5 5
v 5000
The fundamental frequency of vibration, f 12.5kHz
0.4
The first overtone frequency of vibration, f1 3f 37.5 kHz
124. A, C
1 1 2k cos 2
R
1 50 cos 2 k
1 t
f f0 . t ; ; 1 k cos
1 v 100
2
1 cos
100 2
k
1 k cos 2 k sin 2 1 2k cos 2 2 sin 2
dt
d
2
1 k cos 2
k 98 102
sin 0 0, 0, 2 ; f max f 0 at 0o ; f max f 0 at 2
2 2 2 99 101
128
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
125. A, B, C, D
All options (A, B, C, D) are standard equations for the Angular momentum, Moment of inertia (Applying
parallel axes theorem) and kinetic energy (Total kinetic energy = linear kinetic energy + rotational kinetic
energy)
126. B, C
mg
t t
y mgx mgy mg
x , and F y ; Work done by F y F y dy ydy
2 2 0
2 0 4
mg
WF Wmg mg ; Concept: Work energy power
2 4 4
127. B, C, D
V0 V0 XL
; X 2L R 2 X c X L
Xc X R
2
L
2
X 2L R 2
2 2
L 1 R 1 R
L2 2 R 2 ; ;
2
C LC L LC L
129
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
128. A, B
By the law of conservation of energy.
1 Mm 2 1 2 mM 2 v 2 1 mJ 2
v kx ; kx 2 ; Kx 2
2 Mm 2 2M m M 2 M m M
m 1 5
xJ 5 m
M M m k 2 3 6 6
5 m M Kx 2 3 5 52 25
There can be a maximum of x m; v 2
6 Mm 2 62 4
25 5
v 2 u 2 2ax ; 0 2 a ; a = 3.75
4 6
It can have a maximum acceleration of 3.75 m/s2
Option A and B are possible.
129. A, B, C
Let P be the power consumed by the air conditioner.
Q out TH
From cannot cycles, and by entropy conservation, we have
Qin TL
TH T
Qin Q out W Q in W ; or W Qin H 1
TL TL
Qin TL
Rearrange and decide by time, the maximum rate at which heat is removed from the rom t P T T
H L
I I
b
tdr 2t b
r l n R
So, R dR a r a ; b
dR 2 ; 2t l n
tdr 2 a
130
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
131. A, B, C, D
Rt
i1 i10 1 e L
t
dQ Q0 RCt
In the capacitor circuit Q Q 0 1 e RC
; i2 e
dt RC
Q 0 CV V 50 1
i 2 max 0.01 amp.
RC RC R 5000 100
i1 2
200 . Option (A) is correct
i 2 0.01
L 1
î1 0.125 ; i 2 0.125 ; i1 200i 2
R RC
t
t
2 1 e 0.125 200 0.01 e 0.125
log 2
Solving t . Option (B) is correct.
8
Q di Q0 t
R
t R
4 L. ; 4 1 e 0.175
L 2 e L
C dt C L
t
t
4 50 1 e 0.125 50 e 0.125 ; 4 5e8t
1 5
t log . Option (C) is correct.
8 4
R
di .t
Potential drop across inductor; L. 2Re L ; When t = 0
dt
di
L. 2R , a maximum. Option D is correct.
dt
132. B, C
2a 2 dy x
x2 y; 2x a ; tan 3 ; = 60o
3 3 dx a
g sin g mg sin mg
a f
Icm 3; mR 2 2 3
1 I
mR 2
Icm
131
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
133. B, C, D
Length of pencil is 10 2 cm.
1 1 1
v 50 20
v = 33.3 cm
h1 v v 100 / 3
magnification h i h 0 10 6.6 cm
h0 u u 50
Position of B (40 cm, 20 cm)
1 1 1
v 40cm
v 40 20
40
magnification h i 20 20 cm
40
Position of C (36 cm, 12 cm)
1 1 1
v 36 cm
v 20 45
36
Magnification h i 15 12 cm
45
134. A , C
v0 4 gR ; J P ;
Tdt 2M v 4 gR
Tdt 2M R 4 gR ...(i)
Tdt R MR 2
...(ii)
From (i) and (ii)
8 g 8
and v gR
3 R 3
132
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
135. B, C
After closing the switch ‘S’ the charge flown through the switch ‘S; from the inner shell to the outer shell is 2Q.
k4Q2 k4Q 2 k9Q 2 k2Q 2Q
Before closing the switch ‘S’ Ui
2a 4a 8a 2a
r r
B2r 0 j2rdr ; Br 0 r 2 rdr
0 0
0 r 4 0 r 3 0 R 3
Br ; B , when r R; at r = R/2, B
4 4 32
When r > R
R R
B2r 0 j2rdr ; Br 0 r 2 rdr ; Br 0 R , when r > R; 0 R 3
4
at r = 3R, B
a a 4r 12
133
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
137. A, C
The emf induced in the conducting rod ‘PQ’ is
b
0 I Iv b
vdr 0 n
a
2r 2 a
0 Iv b
The induced current in the rod is i n
R 2R a
b
0I I b
The magnetic force acting on the rod is F idr 0 n i
a
2r 2 a
2
I b v
F 0 n
2 a R
When the terminal velocity is attained by the rod ‘PQ’
2
0 I b v
F = mg; n mg
2 a R
mgR
Terminal velocity attained by the rod is v 2
0 I b
2 n a
The power developed in the resistor after the terminal velocity attained is P mgv
m2g2 R
2
0 I b
2 n a
138. B
f1 f2
x L
134
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1 1 1 xf1
; v1
v1 x f1 x f1
v1 x xf1 f1
Magnification of the first lens M1 u x x f x x f
1 1 1
The image from the first lens becomes the object for the second lens (f2) and the object distance is L x .
Let y be the image distance from the second lens. From the lens equation
1 1 1 1 1
y f 2 L x f 2 L f1x
1 x f1
x f1 f 2 L x f1 f1x
1 q f 2 x f1
, where q L x f1 f1x
y f 2q
or
f 2q
y
q f 2 x f1
y y y x f1
M2
L x L 1
fx q
x f1
f 2 q x f1 f 2 x f1
M2
q f 2 x f1 q q f 2 x f1
f x f1 f1 f1f 2
M M1 M 2 2
q f 2 x f1 x f1 L x f1 f1x f 2 x f1
dM
If M is a constant, then 0
dx
dM f1f 2 L f1 f 2
0; f1f 2 L f1 f 2 0
dx L x f1 f1x f 2 x f1 2
L f1 f 2 0 ; L f1 f 2 ; Option B is correct.
135
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
139. B
Consider the motion along perpendicular to OB
90o ; v vsin 90 g cos t v sin 0 g cos t
v g sin t -------(1)
Consider the motion paralell to OB.
0 v cos 90 g sin t ; 0 v g sin t
v g sin t sin t
v g sin t ------(2); ------(3)
v g sin t sin t
for , v v
So by the conservation of energy h1 > h2.
Option B is correct.
140. C
2P2 ˆ 2P P
1 P1 E P1 ˆj 3
i 1 2 3 kˆ
40 d 40 d
P1 ˆ PP
2 P2 E P2 ˆi 3
j 1 2 3 kˆ
40 d 40 d
141. B
At any point incide the spherical shell
EA EB 0 ; E A E B
| EA | | EB |
At any point inside the shell the potential is a postiive constant, v = a constant.
1
Potential V
x
Where x is the distance of the mass from the point.
For the smaller part the distance x is smaller.
VB VA
Option (B) is correct.
142. B
Let m be the mass of ice and q the rate by which heat is supplied, then
q 1 m 0.5 0 i ...(1)
q × 4 = m × 80 ...(2)
q 2 m 1 f ...(3)
From these equations
f 40 o C ; i 40 o C
136
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
143. B
When the electron enter the region of the plate, a current is induced and positive charge will flow from the
earth to the plate, and this current is considered positive. Again at the time of leaving the electron from the
plate the induced current is –ve. So the graph shown in option (B) is correct.
144. C
R
For the process, P
aT
So, work done by the gas = 200 R Joule
3 RT 7R
For the process, molar that capacity C R 2aT
2 V 2
1 dV 2
Volume expansion coefficient
V dT T
145. B
Since speed is constant, it means there is no induced emf b vt B
dB
c Bv b vt 0
dt
B 1
dB dB dt
b vt
dt
Bv ; B B v 0 b vt
0
1 b vt b vt B0 b
n B / B0 v n ; n ; B
v b b b vt
COMPREHENSION
3ˆ 1ˆ v 2 v1
4. Unit vector along rod
2 2
i j ; .v1 .v 2 v y 6 3 m / s ;
1rad / sec
13.
mL2
Consider an element of the rod ; dL x m x sin mx sin ; L dL
2 sin
3
mL2 sin 2
Its horizontal component L cos
6
137
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
14. The vertical component of the angular momentum remains constant while its horizontal component keeps
changing the direction.
m sin 2 dL m2 2
dL dt sin 2
6 dt 6
dL
15.
dt
L 2 2
Mg sin sin 2
2 6
3g
cos 2 or, cos 1 3g
2 2
2
16-18. Use impulse-momentum theorem along the rope and conservation of momentum perpendicular to the rope.
19-21. First find the point where collision occurs using equation of trajectory. Then use conservation of angular
momentum. After collision energy conservation is valid.
v2
v1
I 2 ...(2)
v/ 2
2v
v1
3
4v
23. V V2
3
V2 = -V/3
40. Let v1 be the velocity of striking mass after collision & v2 be the velocity of centre of mass of frame after
collision by momentum conservation
mv = mv1 + 2mv2 ...(1)
By angular momentum conservation
L L
mv mv1 mL2 ...(2)
2 2
L
e 1 v v 2 v1 ...(3)
2
from (1), (2) and (3)
4v v 4v
; v1 & v 2
7L 7 7
41-4 Use conservation of linear and angular momentum along with conservation of kinetic energy. (elastic collision)
138
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
GM 2 GM 2
43-45 PE 6 3 2
2a a
GM 2 2 3 GM 2
F 3
2a 2 3 2 a2
49. In BC and DE temperature remains constant
K.E. remains constant
Heat goes to increasing the P.E.
50. In AB,CD and EF
Temperature increases
K.E. increases
51. In gases, there is no appreciable molecular interaction.
52. Tension is maximum at the mean position.
53. 2 Vg, 3 / 2
Magnitude of component of Buoyant force va
Where a is acceleration of beaker, a 3 g sin t
vg 1 3sin 2 t
Magnitude of maximum buoyant force 2vg
3
sin 2 t 1 at t ,
2 2
3
2vg,
2
54.
At t / 2, a 3 g
Pressure at B > Pressure at A
Horizontal comp. of Buoyant force acts towards left. Direction of buoyant force
139
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
58. Time period is not affected by a constant force acting along the line of SHM.
59. mg is balanced by the electrostatic force.
60. Use force balance.
61-63
Initial and final charges on capacitors are shown in figure (a) and (b) respectively charge flown through AB is
CE
work done by battery Wb Q take Q take E
5
CE 2
Heat produced Wb U J
105
64. Electric field is parallel to AB .
65. VA VB A A VC WA B WA C
dV
66. E E P EQ E R
dr
67-69At t = 0, capacitor will behave like a short circuit and the inductor as open circuit but as t , the nature is
just opposite.
70. qv0 B qE 0 E 0 v0 B
71. After the fields are switched off. velocity remains constant.
140
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
v0 1 1 1
vy ; From COE mv 02 3 mv 2y 2 mv 2x
3 2 2 2
1 2 v20 2 v0
mv x 1 2 mv 2 ; v x
2 9 3
mv 2x 3 v0
2
2
From frame of ball B, 3T mv x ; T 1 ; T = 1.
3 3 3 1
10 3 0.8
F 10
2
5. 5 100 0.3 150 N ; X = 5
2 8
M m g sin M m g sin k 1
Solving, we get a
M m sin 2 M m sin 2
141
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
7. Let the velocity of the point A have components 2V along horizontal, v1 along the vertical.
Since the rod AB is rigid, taking the velocities along the rod AB, 2v cos 45o v1 cos 45o v cos 45o
or v1 = v
The angular velocity of the rod AB equals (in the frame in which end B is at rest).
2v v
2R R
The velocity of the C.M. of AB
Where ˆi, ˆj are the unit vectors along the horizontal and vertical (upward) direction respectively
The K.E. of the rod AB
2
1 9v 2 v 2 1 1
1 1
v 4
2
Mv CM
2
ICM 2 M M 2 R Mv 2 k 3
2 2 2 4 4 2 12 R 3
8. Applying law of conservation of angular momentum.
1 1 v2 v2
mv 20 mgh mv 2 ; 0 gh ------(1)
2 2 2 2
v 0 r0
cos ----(2)
v r02 h 2
100 v2
From (1) 10 15
2 2
v 20 m / s
10 15 2 150 2 1
cos
From (2)
20 15 2
2
20 15 2 152
45o ; 15 K = 45; K = 3
142
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
gx 3 x 2 v 2 2gx
0 0
2
gx dx vx d vx ; ; v
3 2 3
dv 2g 1 dx dx 2g 1 2gx g
a . dt v 3 2 x . 3 3
dt 3 2 x dt
g g
; k 3
3 k
11. After earthing the sphere C, q , charge flows from C to the earth. Now the charge contained in C be q1.
q1 9q q1
D
C 12 q
B –9q
A
6q
O a s2
3q
s1
3a
4a
1 3q 6q q1 12q
3a 3a 3a 4a 0 ; Since C is earthed.
40
9q q1 12q 36q 4q1 36q
0; 0; 72q 4q1 0 ; q1 18q
3 4 12
q1 9q q1 9q 18q 9q ......(1)
When B is earthed q 2 charge flows from B to the earth. The net charge is B is q2.
143
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
q 2 6q q 2
1 3q q 2 18q 12q 3q q 2
0; 6q 3q 0
40 2a 2a 3a 4a 2
| q1 | 9q
3q q 2 6q ; q 2 3q ; q 2 6q q 2 6q 3q 3q ; 3
| q 2 | 3q
12. Let u be the velocity of the projectile w.r.t. the trolley.
Case I: The trolley moves forward horizontal velocity U x u cos 30o v
2u sin 30o
vertical velocity U y u sin 30 ; Time of flight, T
o
g
o
Range R1 U x T 2 u sin 30 u cos 30o v ...(1)
g
Case II: The trolley moves backward horizontal velocity U x u cos 30o v
o
Range R 2 U x T 2u sin 30 u cos 30o v ...(2)
g
4u 2
Adding and subtracting (1) & (2), R1 R 2
g
sin 30o cos 30o
R1 R 2
2
g
Eliminating u from the two equations v
2
4 tan 30 R1 R 2
o
144
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
14. Block A and B will not move unless tension in the string T A g 48 N .
Let blocks A and B do not move and maximum elongation in the spring be x .
2m c g
Applying conservation of mechanical energy for the block C and the spring. We get x 2 102 m
k
In this situation F.B.D. of the block B is
2m c g
Therefore maximum distance moved by the block C is x 0 2 10 2 m. 2cm
k
15. For small values of friction will be directed radially inwards as the tension in the string is zero. Then string will
develop tension only if the centrifugal force F exceeds the limiting friction fe
i.e. when m2 r mg f e mg
g
or
r
in this case direction of friction will be as shown in the figure.
145
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
2 g
maximum value of sin 45o is 1; Maximum value of 2
r
16. Using conservation of energy principle, if v be the speed of either ball when its radius vector makes angle
with vertically upward direction.
1 mv 2
mgR 1 cos mv 2 ; 2mg 1 cos
2 R
mv 2
From F.B.D. (i); N mg cos mg cos 2mg 1 cos
R
From F.B.D. (ii); N 2N cos Mg
At the instant tube breakes its contact with ground N 0
Mg mg cos 2mg 1 cos 2 cos 0 ; for 60o , we get m/M = 2
146
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
m
17.
h h-x
l0
kx
m m
mg
3 mg 3 mg 2
h . ; h . 3
2 k 2 mg
18. Let x be the downward displacement of the block from the equilibrium position.
Using constraint relation, the deformation in the springs will be x 2x
The energy of the system is
1 1 1 1
E 2 kx 2 mv2 or E k 2x mv 2 4kx 2 mv 2
2
2 2 2 2
147
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
20. Let the volume of the cylinder be V; When the cylinder is floating ; upthrust = weight.
3 4m
V g mg, V
4 3
Let the acceleration of the particle vessel be A (upwards)
In the reference frame of vessel, the acceleration of the cylinder is A/3.
mg mA upthrust m A / 3 ; mg mA Vg m A / 3
[Where g g A = effective value of g for upthrust]
4 2
mg mA V g A m A / 3 ; mg m g A m A
3 3
A= (-g/2) upwards. A 5 m / s 2
The acceleration of the vessel should be g/2 downwards.
3 B I1 6
21.
I1
I2
A C
I2 4 D 4
q0 9
q 0 16 C ; C 4 F ; VC 4V ; 6 3 I1 4 4 I 2 ; 9I1 8I 2 ; I 2 I1
C 8
Applying Kirchoff’s voltage low in AB||DA
9 9 9 4
3I1 4 4I 2 4 I1 ; 3I1 4 I1 ; I1 3I1 4 ; 1.5I1 4 ; I1 A
8 2 2 1.5
9 9 4 6 4
I 2 I1 3A ; Since D is earthed potential at D is zero.
8 8 1.5 8
Potential at C = – 3 × 4 = – 12; VAC E 12 12 24V 6K ; K 4
148
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
dv
from (i) m 0 nmt QE vnm
dr
v t
dv dt 1 1
0 QE vnm 0 m 0 nmt ; nm ln QE nmv 0 nm ln m0 nmt 0
v t
m0
nmv m0 nmv m0 nmt t
1 1 QE
QE m 0 nmt ; QE m 0 nmt m 0 nmt ; nm
v
m0 m0 m
required time when v = vmax/2 = 2QE 0 3 sec
nm 2nm nm nm
v max
2
23. Equivalent emf of the circuit across, AB is given by E eq 6 4V
3
10 4 6
Now we have, Current I
2R 2R
Power dissipated in R
36R
P I2 R
2 R
2
for P to be maximum.
dP 2 R 2 R 2 2 R
36 0; R 2
2 R
2
dR
149
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
M M 1 0 Mg
24. Fe mg mg ; Fe g g; k 1 V 2
4 6 2 d 12
Mg 2d Mgd
Vmax
12 0 k 1 6 0 k 1
25. When the slab is displaced by a distance x, the work done is change in stored energy + work done by battery
Initial capacitance of the capacitors
b 0 kb
C
2d 2d
0 b bk
Final capacitances C1f / 2 x 0 / 2 x
d d
0 b bk
C 2f / 2 x 0 / 2 x
d d
1 2 1 2
Change in energy stored C1f C C 2f C
2 2
Work done by battery dq
20 b
0 C1f C C 2f C ; Work done x k 1
d
F 0 b
Net acceleration a k 1 2
m md
1 2
Motion is oscillatory but not SHM. and, x at
2
2x 32 md
t ; Time period = 4t
a 0 b k 1 2
q 02
U 0
2C1
q 02
Final energy U
2 C1 C 2
q 02 C 2
U U O U k 2
2C1 C1 C 2
150
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
2
MP 3
Given that M P M I gH 1023 . Also M 2
I
0 I2 z 0 I2 z 0 I 2 z
2 ; (Since z d z 2 d 2 d 2 )
2r r d2 z2 d 2
Acceleration of the central wire
F I2
a 0 2 z
d
0 I 2 2d
comparing this equation with equation of SHM a 2 x ; ; T
d I 0
151
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
29.
dq
Current due to the ring is dI rdr
2
Magnetic field due to this ring at point P is.
0 dI r 2 0 R r 2 dr
2 0 r 2 x 2 3/ 2
dB dB
2 r2 x2 or
3/ 2
0 R 2 2x 2
B 2x
2 R2 x2
2 E
30. R eq ; I 7A
7 R eq
Magnetic field at the centre
0 2 0 2 0 2 0 1 0
B ; B ,
4a 4a 4a 4a 4a
Magnetic moment of the current loop
M I0 A I0 r 2
0
ˆ MBsin I 0 r 2
ˆ B
Torque ˆ M . [ is small sin ]
4a
mr 2 d 2 2 0 d 2 2 r 2 I .0
I ˆi ; . 2 I0 r . ; 2
2 I0 0 . 0 .
2 dt 4a dt mr 4a 2am
152
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
R R/2 R R/2 R R
r2 2
J 2rdrJ r 2rJ r dr 2rJ r dr ; 2r.0.dr 2r0 2
dr 0 2 0 r
3
dr
0 0 R/2 0 R/2
R R R/2
R
2 r4 20 4 R 4 15
0 20 4 2 R 0 R 2 6
R R /2 R 4 16 32
Second method
Let us consider a circle with center O and radius OP in plane perpendicular to conductor, for all point on the
circle due to symmetry B is same due to conductor. Applying Amperes law
2xa
15 15 00 R 2
B.d I [current inclosed];
0
0 B.2a 0
32
0 R 2 ; B
64 a
As current is in to the plane B is downward at P. Now field due to wire A1 and A2 must cancel B. That is
possible when current in the wires is out of the plane.
21 21
Field due to A1 B1 0 ; Due to A 2 B2 0
4 a 2 4 a 2
2I0 1 2 I
Resultant of B1 and B2 B B1 B2 2 0 0 0 opposite to B
4 a 2 2 4a
2I0 15 0 R 2 15 0 R 2
Net field at P B B = 0 0 0 0 ; I0
4 a 64 a 32
153
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
32. A ring of radius r with charge q rotating with angular velocity is equivalent to a dipole of dipole moment
NIA qfA q A
2
Q dx 2 R h
dipole moment of differential ring dp 2 r . r ;
R cos 2 r hx
4 0
Q R 2 h x
h
h x P Q.R
2 2
Q cos dx
0
2
dp R ; h x dx
R.h cos 4 h4 h4 4
h
QR 2 h 4 QR 2 Q 2
h tan 2
h4 4 4 4
33. Consider a circular ring of radius ‘a’ at a distance x from the centre O such that
a R sin ; x R cos
N N
The number of turns dN in the length Rd is dN Rd d
R
Magnetic induction at the centre of the sphere due to the ring is
0 N d Ix 2 NI 2
dB dx 0 sin d
2 a x
2 2 3/ 2
2 R
0 NI
x
NI NI
On integrating, B
2R 0 sin 2 d ; B 0 or B 0
2R 2 4R
154
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
34. The figure represents the mode of vibration for which frequency is 100Hz.
Here, L
In the next higher mode with P again an anti-node, for every L/4 length, there will be one extra loop. Thus for
the total string, total number of loops = 6
Desired frequency = (6/2) 100 Hz = 300 Hz
35. Thermal stress in the wire YT
1 T 1 YTr 2 1 YT
n
2L r D 2L
2
r D
2
2L D
Putting values n = 600 Hz.
In the fundamental mode as the wire is plucked in the middle.
1
20 2 2
mg sin m R 2
2 6 3 9 3
36. ; k=3
mg cos 3 10 3 5 3 25 3 25
2 10
2
37. Because of the shielding of the nuclear charge by the negative charge of the inner core electrons the energy of
an electron in nth level of a multi-electron atom is given by
13.6 2
En z eff eV
n2
1 2 1 1 2 5
R Z 7.4 2 2 R Z 7.4
2 3 36
1 5
109737 47 7.4 cm 1
2
36
1 1 108 o
cm 4.2 A
2.39 10 7
2.39 10 7
155
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
13.6 Z2
38. The energy of the He+ ion in the nth state eV
n2
54.4
Here Z = 2; En eV
n2
The energy in the ground state = -54.4 eV
1 hc 1 1
54.4 1 2 19
52.35eV ; 1 12 52.35 ; n 5
n 1.6 10 1 2 n 54.4
39. Where sphere rolls on moving platform, point of contact has same velocity of moving platform.
u R v em
u - velocity of platfrom, - angular velocity of sphere, R - Radius of sphere; vcm - velocity of c.m. of sphere.
du d dv cm a 2 4
ap R R a cm ; a p cm 3 rad/s
dt dt dt R 2
2
ML2 3L ML2 3ML2
40. I M
12 2 2 12 8
11ML2 11 24
I 4 4
24 24 11
NUMERICAL BASED DECIMAL TYPE PROBLEMS
1. There is no force in the x-direction.
Distance travelled by the ball in x direction = nb
nb
time taken t
u
1 1
Vertical distance travelled = nh; b m; h m
2 4
2
1 1 nD
nh 0 t gt 2 ; nh g
2 2 u
1
2 2 52
2hu 4
n 2
gb 2 1
g
2
1
2 25
4 50
5
1 10 ; n = 5.000
10
4
156
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
25 2T 2.5a 3 -------(3)
But by constraint relation
a1 a 2 2a 3 ------(4)
2u sin R 3.14 20
AB 20 3 m ; t g
v
31.4
200
u 2 sin 2 g 2
g
10 3 g cot
tan
1
tan ; 30o
3
k 3
157
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
A f = x
B
mg sin45
mg cos 45
45o
1 0.8g 2 1 0.7 gt 2 g
t 2; 0.8 0.7 t 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
2
t2 2 2 4; t 2.0000
g 0.1
5. No external force act on system (wood + bullet).
cofft. of Angular momentum
1 2
mVL I0 ; I0 mL ML
2
3
mvL mv
1
mVL mL2 ML2 ; 1 2 2 M 3m L
3 mL ML
3
3mV 3 2 10
3
M 3m L 4 3 2 2
R = 20 E1 E 2 20 20
0
6. r r2
40 F E eq 1 10 10 10 V
10 1 1 1 1 2
A B
r =10 r1 r2 10 10 10
D
C
E = 20 V
R 1R 2 R 10
R eq 5
R1 R 2 2 2
158
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
5 ; R 25 ; C 40 106 F; V 10 V
10 V 10 V
25
10 103
at t = 0; I0 0.4A ; I I 0 e t / RC ; I I e t / RC 0.4c 103 0.4 c 1
25 0
10 V
RC 25 40 10 6 10 3 s; t 1 ms
0.4 8 8 k
The potential difference across the resistance of 20 ; V20 20 ; ; k 8
c c c c
f f F 1 5 F
7. R t a 3 R a s ; R aS ; f f R
m m 2 m 2mR 2
F 5F 5f 5f 5F 2F af 3F F F
f f ; 2f ; ; 3f ;f ; k 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2
F F
2 o F
45
2
8.
f M f
f f F 1 5 F F 5F 5f
ap R a s ; m f m 2mR f R ; f f
m 2 2 2 2 2 2
5f 5F 2F 9f 3F 1 F F
2f ; ;f ; Given that f ; k 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 k 2
159
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
9. v p v p/com v com/ground
50 R
v p 0 R v0
4
v0
f = mg – 0R
v – ’R
v R 0
0 R
v u at gt ; 0 t; since a g
4
mR 2 2g 2g
I mgR I ; mgR ; ; 0 t; v R
2 R R
0 5 5 R
gt R 0 R 2gt ; 3gt1 0 ; t1 0
4 4 12g
0 R 50 R g 2502 R 2
s
4 12g 2 144 2 g 2
k1 m12 ; k 2 m22
k2
A1 m k2 8 2
A2 k1 k1 2
m
160
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
5 cos
3
Vx 10 5cos ; Vy 5sin
4 1
4 cos 2 4 cos 1 0 ; cos 8 2 ; 120o ; Given that 40 C ; C 3
2r L
2
r 2L
2
2 r 2
2L
For transverse waves, velocity V T /
T T T
T1 T2 T for two wires, v1 ; v2
1 4r
2
r 2
v1 1 T
For fundamental mode 1 2L 1
2L 2L 4r 2
v2 1 T 1 T 1
2 4L 2 ; 1
4L 4L r 2L 4r 2
2
1
161
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
2
l
14. DC AC AD ;
2 2 2 DC 2 l 2
2
B D l/2 A
λ
AC l 1 2 t ; AD 1 1T
2
2 2
l l
l l 2 1 2 T 1 1T
2 2 2
2 2
3l 2 l2
l 2 1 2 2 T 22 t 2 1 21t 22 t 2 ; (Since 1 2 )
4 4
3 1 3 4 8 2 T 1 21T
1 2 2 T 1 21T ;
4 4 4 4
1 8
3 3 8 2 T 21T ; 0 8 2 21 ; 2 4
2
y
15.
A
D
B x
O
a
E C
z
162
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
E d x ˆi E 0 ˆj Nc 1
dx b
Ex also E y E 0 ; ABCD bcE 0 ac d
2 2
acb abc
net ABCD OADE OECB bcE 0 acd acd bcE 0
2 2
1 abc 1 abc 2 3 2
But net . q enclosed ; 2 k ; k 6
0 0 2 2
k2
16.
k1
l 1 kA R 1 l l
; R2
R ;
kA R
l
; k1AR 2
k 2 2R 2 R 2
k1R 2 k 2 3R k eq A eq R 2
2
1 1 1 4R 2 R 2
R eq R1 R 2
l
l
; 1
k 3k 2; k eq k1 3k 2
l l l l
k1 3k 2 16
k eq ; k eq 4
4 4
3 5
3 R 3 R
n Cv n Cv 2 9R
17. n1 1; n 2 3 ; C v R ; C v 1 1 2 2
2
2 n1 n 2 1 3 4
9 9
Cv ; R kR ; k = 2
4 8
18. Energy as per pd by 2 kg ice to – 20 to 0oC is
= 2000 × 0.5 × 20 = 20 kcal
Every relatively 5 kg wales ..... from 20oC to water at 0oC
msT 5000 1 20 100 kcal
Excess energy of after 2 kg ice becoming water = 8 kcal.
80k al
No. of gram of ice becoming water by 80 kcal of heat. 1kg
80
Total water receiving = 5 + 1 = 6 kg.
163
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
19. Pdv ; T ; 0 0 T0 c; e 0
T0 T0
y mx c ; P m T c -------(1)
P0 mT0 c --------(2)
3P0 3mT0 c --------(3) eqn. (3) - (2)
P0
2P0 2mT0 c ; m ------(4)
T0
P
P 0 T c from eqn. (1); c 0 ; PV nRT
T0
nR nR P0 nRT0
P T ; V T ; V P ; W PdV; dV 0 ; W 000.000
v 0 0
2
v2m 1 1 Bey
Pitch y v cos 60 mv / Be ; KE 2 mv 2 m m
o 2
Be
1
Using Einstein’s equation mv 2 hv
2
1 Bey 1 m Bey
2 2
164
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
ˆi ˆj kˆ
21.
v. B
2 ˆi 0 1 2 4
0 3/ 2 4/5
22. 6V
I1 1
2 2 2
A
I1+I2
I2 2 I2
6V
r1 r r2
2 -------(2) sin sin
sin sin r1
r2
From eqn. (1) 1 sin 2 sin ; r11 sin r2 2 sin
r1
2
r1 rmin
r1 0 sin 30 0
o
sin 90o (At minimum separation)
r0 r0
r1
r2
C
0
2 1
165
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
24. In fluid frame ball is moving with constant velocity (terminal) and resultant of all forces acting on it zero.
2 0 gr
2
2 900 10
v1 25 104 50m / s
9 9 0.1
i.e., 10 × k = 50; k = 5
F
25.
T
T
dp dm dv
F 2. v sin 2 v sin 2 av v sin 2Av 2 sin ------(2)
dt dt dt
From (1) and (2)
2T sin 2Av 2 sin ; T Av2
T 3 107
v 2 3 107 ; v 2 3 104
A 103
v 3 102 1.732 100 ; k 1.732 3
dv
26. v k L x , where it is a constant.
dx
v0 / 2 L
vdv k L x dx
v0 0
3 2
v 0 KL2
4
3 v02 3
So initial retardation K 25 18.75m / s 2
4 L 4
166
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
20 2 m / s
45o
5 10
2u sin 2 20 2
T 4s
g 10 2
For the first collision (considering horizontal motion)
5 1
t 0.25 s
20 4
So the remaining time; t 4 0.25 3.75 s
1
The rebounding velocity from wall A is 20 10 m / s
2
15
It reaches the wall B in 1.5 s
10
The total time taken to reach the all = 1.5 + 0.25 = 1.75 s
The remaining time t 4 1.75 2.25 s
1
The rebounding velocity from wall B 10 2.25 m / s
4
Distance of landing point from B = 2.25 × 2.5 = 5.625
Distance from point of projection 10 5.625 4.375
167
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
d
29. Let us suppose that mass per unit length of ring initially is ; in given condition 0 2T sin Rda .
2
T YA YA YA 1 R 2
a & T x R ; a 2 x ; t 2 = 1.25 milisec
R R R R 4 AY
g g 2
30. A g ; A
2
; 62.5 m
2 4 2 F
31. By symmetry of network H; I; J and K are equipotential points.
Besides it potential of D and C, G and E are also same.
n
h
nh 2 nh
L
2 2 4
168
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
L 3Lg
34. F cos 37 o g; Fsin 37 o T f N N ; 1/ 4 , min 1/ 4
4 4
3v 3 330
35. The frequency of vibration of air column in the pipe is f1 495 Hz
4 4 0.5
The frequency of vibration of string is f 2 f1 5 495 5 490 Hz
4v
Now, f 2
2
4 F 4 F 0.4
490 ; 490 ; ; F 48.02 Newton
2 2 0.4 2 103 490 50 2F
m M 7
36. E th 1 Q ; Q E th 4.4 2.8 MeV
M Mm 11
169
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
a
If we displace the block by dy inside water then dy dx 1
A
Where dx is the new dipped part of block on displacing the block by dy
0.5
3
x 0.5 1000g 0.5 800g dx W 9.375 J
2 3
dW
4
0.4
Second Method:
a Area of cube A Base area of container
a A
AH ah A H y a h x y ; y x xy x
Aa Aa
A
Fex FB mg ga h x y a 3Bg a x y r g a x, g
Aa
x0
aAr g x 02
W Fex dx
0 A a 2
170
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
0.2 a A a
Here x 0
A
1 3
0.04 1000 10
g
2
aAr g a 0.04
2
a A a 0.04a 2
A a 4 4
W
A a 2 A 2
2A
r
2 1
300 75
9.375 Joule
32 8
Third Method: a
3
h 0 , x y , x 3y x
5 5 20
x y 4 g 9
m mass of liquid displace h
2 5 10 10
g 3V 9
WFB work done by force of buoyancy to raise the liquid m 0 g r g
10 20 10
3 1 9 1
1000 10 84.375 J
20 8 10 2
120 3 1
mgx 800 10 75 J
8 20 2
171
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
39. Let the horizontal component of velocity of the particle at a point where radius makes an angle 53o with
the vertical is v1.
Using conservation of angular momentum of the particle about the vertical axis of the bowl.
v 0 sin 0
mv0 R sin 0 mv1 R sin ; v1 sin ...(i)
9
0.2 64
2
Now, N sin mv1 ; mv12 mv02 sin 2 0 25 0.2 225 45 Newton
N
R sin R sin
2
R sin 4
16 16
0.25
25 25
N = 45 Newton; n 9
r2
40. Given, v v 0 1 2
R
dv 2r
v0 2 ...(i)
dr R
The viscous force at a radial distance ‘r’ is
ldv 2r
F 2r 2rv 0 [from equation (i)]
dr R
r2
F 4 lv 0 2 ; In steady flow, Pr 2 F
R
r2 4 v 0
Pr 2 4v0 2 ; P ; k 2
R R2
172
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
d v cos v sin v 0
a v 0 sec 2 ; a v 0 sec2 0 sec v 0 v tan
dt
v0
a sec v 0 1 tan 2
v 02
a sec 3 ...(ii)
T sin mg ...(iii)
T cos ma ...(iv)
v02
From (iii) and (iv); g a tan ; g sec3 tan
g
2
4 10 1.5 5
v0 3.20 m / s ; v = 3.20 m/s
sec tan 5
3
3 0
173
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
2 5g sin
2mg sin m R ; ...(ii)
5 R
When pure rolling starts v R ; v0 at 0 t R
v0 v 3v
v v0 at v 0 3g sin v0 0 0 [From (i), (ii) and (iii)]
12g sin 4 4
3v 0 3 15
v 11.25 m / s
4 4
a g sin a g sin
43. tan
g cos g cos
3
4 10
5 y 5 5 y 5
3 4 3 4
10
5
y 1.25 m
174
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
44.
1
Rt
i1 1 e
L
R1
210 3
1 e 210
3
R
8
1 e1 4 1 0.37 2.52 A ------(1)
2
103
t 8
e 450010 2 e0.5 2 0.6 1.2A
6
i 2 I0 e RC
4
I i1 i 2 2.52 1.2 3.72 A
45. Emf induced in the straight segment AC is AC 0
5a /2 5a
1 21
Emf induced in the circular are CD is CD
a
Brdr
2
B r 2 2 Ba 2
a 8
21
5 10 0.2 5.25 volt
2
8
AD AC CD 0 5.25 5.25 volt
175
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
4a
dr 1
R2 2K r 2K n2
2a 2 2
Heat current flowing between the innermost and outermost cylindrical walls is
1 2
i 1 iR 1
R1 R 2 ;
1
1 2
K1 1 2 K 2
1 ;
1 1
1
K1 K 2
K1 K 2
K K 22 2K 84 3K 32 168 96
1 1 52.8o C
K1 K 2 2K 3K 5
48. The frequency of vibration of air column in the pipe
3v 3 340
f0 300 Hz
4 4 0.85
fs f 0 4 ; fs f 0 4 300 4
4 F 4 F 0.5
304 ; 304
2 2 0.5 5 103
F
76 ; F 57.76 Newton
102
49. Let the vertical upward displacement of the piston before coming to a complete stop is ‘x’.
In initial and final equilibrium of the piston
nRT0 nRT
PA mg
x
nRT0 mg ...(i)
176
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
nRT mg x ...(ii)
Now, nRT mgx ...(iii)
1 1 n3R
mu 2 nC v T mgx ; mu 2 T T0 mgx
2 2 2
1 3nRT 1 5
mu 2 mgx ; mu 2 mgx
2 2 2 2
u2 88
x 1.28meter
5g 5 10
vertical upward displacement of the piston = 1.28 meter..
50. Since the central maxima is formed at point ‘P’
d sin 1 1 t1 2 1 t 2 d sin
1
2 103 sin 30o 1.5 1 t1 1.8 1 3 10 3 2 103
100
2
2
z2
E n 13.6 2 ; E4 13.6 3.40 eV
n 4 4
Energy of the photon emitted during combination
E K max E 4 0.58 3.40 3.98eV
177
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
52. Let the charge on the conducting shell after being earthed is Q.
KQ 3kq 3q
0; Q
R 4R 4
Total charge that will flow to the earth is
3q 15q 15
Q 3q 2 7.50 C
4 4 4
53. Charge on each capacitor, when switch S is opened
C 10
Q 1 2 18 90 C
2 2
Charge on the capacitor when the current through the inductor is maximum after closing the switch ‘S’.
Q1 C1 10 36 360 C ; Q2 C 2 10 18 180 C
1 1 1 C 1
Now, Q11 Q 2 2 C12 C 22 1 2 Li 2max
2
2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 2 1
106 10 36 10 18 5 18 2 10 3 i 2max
2 2
2 2 2 2
103 i max
2
7290 ; i max 7.29 2.70 ampere
178
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
F 4F 4F 4F 4F
x
k1 k 2 k 3 k 4 k 5
F 4F 4F 4F 4F
x
k k k 2k 2k
13F kx d2 x kx
xF 2
k 13 dt 13m
13m
T 2
k
d2 x d2x 8k
Q) m 2
8kx 2
x
dt dt m
m m
T 2
8k 2k
R) Since rod is light
k k 3x
3 K x ; kx k ;
3 3 3 4
d2x 3x
m 2
k x k x
dt 4
d2x kx 4m m
2
T 2 4
dt 4m k k
ma
S) 2kx 2f1 Ma ...(i)
2
ma
f1 f 2 ...(ii)
2
mR 2
f1 f 2 R
2
179
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
mR ma
f1 f 2 R ...(iii)
2 4
5ma 8kx
Adding (i), (ii) and (iii), we get 2kx a
4 5m
d 2 x 8k 5m 5m
2
T 2
dt 5m 8k 2k
MATCH THE FOLLOWING
11. For (R):
T1 cos 1 T2 cos 2 T (1)
T1 sin 2 m1g (2)
T2 sin 2 m 2g (3)
180
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
CHEMISTRY
6Li N 2
2Li3 N
Milli moles of Li2O = x/2
Milli moles of Li3N = y/3
2. Ag NH3
Ag 2NH3 2
It has been assumed that almost all Ag+ ion has been complexed and only its part x is left
Ag NH 3
0.10
Kf
2
1.6 107
Ag NH 3 x 0.80
2 2
v
Hence frequency
2r
First we will have to calculate velocity (v) and radius (r) of electorn in second Bohr’s orbit by using the
standard relations for and v . (Z = 1 for H-atom)
5.3 1011 n 2
rn m 0.53 1010 n 2 m
z
181
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
Now n = 2, Z = 1
r2 0.53 1010 2 m 2.12 1010 m
2
2.182 106
vn m/s
n
2.182 106
v2 1.091 106 ms 1
2
v2 1.091106
Hence frequency = 2r 2 2.12 1010 ;
2 v = 8.19 1014 Hz
1
Energy required to excite one hydrogen atom to the first excited state = 13.6 1
4
= 10.2eV 10.2 1.6 10 19 J 1.632 10 21 kJ
No.of H-atoms in the sample = 0.0409 × 2× 6.02 × 1023
So energy required for the excitation = 1.632 × 10 –21 ×0.0409×2×6.02×1023 = 80.36 kJ
The energy required = 17.83 + 80.36 = 98.19 kJ
Ze 2
6. a) Vn
mrn
1 4.8 1010
2
Vn 7.29 107
no.of revolutions per sec × frequency = 2r 29.93 108 = 2.44 × 1014
n
182
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
h
b) 2m KE , where h = 6.625 ×10 Js
-34
K.E. = E2 – E1
Where, E1 = 13.6 eV, E2 = 13.6 × 1.5 eV
K.E. = 6.8 eV = 6.8 × 1.6 × 10–19 J
6.626 1034
Now, 4.70 Å
2 9.1 1031 6.8 1.6 1019
V 4V
He N2
300 K 500 K
n1 = x moles, n2 = 4x moles
V1 V
2
n1T1 n 2 T2
V 4V
.....................(1)
n1 300 n 2 500
And n2 + n1 = x + 4x = 5x ................(2)
25x
From (1) and (2) n1 =
17
P1 n1
Then P n in flask1
2 2
1.5 x
P 2.2 atm
P n1
183
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
A
P
9.
t0 a 1
tt ax x
x kt
a a
1 max imum t
P
Total pressure x at the end P 0.55704 0.41 P 0.2941
2
0.2941
% dimerization = 100 = 68.63%
0.4285
Pressure at equilibrium
= 0.8 = 0.5 – P + 2P
P = 0.3 atm
PCO 0.6
2 2
KP = P 1.8 atm
CO2 0.2
P 0.55
2
2
H 2O
12. KP 1.5
P 0.45
2 2
H2
184
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
Kw
For salt of weak base and strong acid , Kb
Kw C
H C
Kb
1/3
1 53.5
a= 23
3.43A 0
2.2 6.023 10
3
rA rCl a 0.866a 0.866 3.43A 0 2.97A 0
2
rA
0.732
rCl
14. Ag Br , K1 K sp
AgBr(s)
Ag S2 O3 , K 2 K f
Ag 2S2 O33
3
2
Ag S2 O3 3 aq Br aq
AgBr(s) 2S2 O33 (aq) K c K sp ; K f 9
2
0.1M 0 0...............Initially
0.1 2x M xM xM...............at equilibrium
2
x x
9; 3
0.1 2x 0.1 2x
2
0.3
x 0.3 6x, 7x 0.3, x 0.043 MM
7
Thus, molar solubility of AgBr 0.1 M hypo = 0.043 M
185
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
0.25
pH = pKa + log 4.8569
0.20
HCl added = 0.005 mole
After adding HCl
[CH3COOH] = 0.20 + 0.0005 = 0.2005
[CH3COOK] = 0.25 – 0.0005 = 0.2495
0.2495
pH = 4.76 + log 4.8549
0.2005
Change in pH = 4.8569 – 4.8549 = 0.002
16. As E0 for silver electrode is more positive, the cell may be represented as
0.0591 Fe 3
E cell 0.03 log
1 Fe 2 Ag
0.0591
E cell 0.03 log Ag Fe3 Fe 2
1
0.0591
0 0.03 log Ag Ag 0.3121 M
1
17. i) The half reactions are
At cathode
2Ag aq 2e
2Ag(s)
At anode
Cd s
Cd2 (aq) 2e
E 0 E Cd/Cd
0
2 E
0
Ag /Ag
0.40 0.80 1.20 volt
ii) The negative electrode is always the electrode whose reduction potential has smaller value or the electrode
where oxidation occurs. Thus, Cd electrode is the negative electrode.
186
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
18. F = 96500 C
E = 0.03 V
T = 273 + 25 = 298 K
n=2
dE 4
1.4 10 V per degree
dT P
dE
As H nF T dT E
P
zM 4 58.5
2.1805 g / cm 3
Density = N a 3 = 6.023 10 23 0.5627 10 7 3
19.
0
Observed density = 2.164 g/cm3 which is less than calculated density because some ions are missing. Actual
constant units per unt cell can be calculated as :
r N0
3
In fcc structure (r form) of iron
4r 2 a
a 2 2r
n = 4 atoms per unit cell
4 Mm
from
2 2r N
3
.......................(II)
0
3
187
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
21. a) There are 4 atoms per unit cell and 8 tetrahedral sites per unit cell
So, the ratio of atoms to tetrahedral sites = 1 : 2
So, the formula would be TiH2
For carbide, Since carbon occupies octahedral holes
So, ratio of octahedral hole to atom = 1 :1
The formula of carbide is TiC
b. Since for tetrahedral hole, the limiting ratios, radius ratio
r
0.225 to 0.414
r
r
Without causing a strain in the host lattice, ie. 0.225
r
a = 2 2 rA
Now since the atoms B has occupied the body centre octahedral void
2rB 2 2 2 rA ; rB
rA
2 1 1.414 1 0.414
4 3 4 3 4
Volume occupied by A and B = 4 rA rB 4rA rB
3 3
3 3 3
Volume occupied per unit volume of unit cell
4 / 3 4rA3 rB3 r 3
16 2rA3
12 2
4 B = 3.14
rA 12 1.414
4 0.414
3
3.14 4.071
12 1.414
0.75
188
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
RTb2 RTb2 M
24. Kb
1000 v 1000H v
RTb .M RTb M
Kb
H v 1000 S v
1000
Tb
2 373 18
For water, Kb = 0.51 K molality 1
1000 26.33
25. (a) Let ethylene bromide A
And propylene bromide B
PB0 16.93 K Nm 2
nA = 3 mole
nB = 2 mole
Total pressure = PT = 20.4 KNm–2
PT PA0 X A PB0 X B = PA X A PB 1 X A PA PB X A PB
0 0 0 0 0
a
XA/ 0.649 (1)
ab
But composition of A in liquid phase,
3a 3a
XA 0.578 0.578 (2)
3 a 2 b 5 a b
189
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
T 0.06 ; k f 1.86
m = molality
Molality may be taken as molarity because solution is dilute and solvent is water = 3 × 10–2
Substituting the values in equation (i), we get
0.06 = i × 1.86 × 3 × 10–2
0.06
i=
1.86 3 102
i = 1.07526
Let acid is NH
N H
NH
Tequlibrium C 1 C C
C.C
Ka C 2
C 1
i 1
1.07526 1
0.07526
Ka = C 2 = 3 102 0.07526
2
190
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
0 1 0
= G fCO2 G f (CO) G f O 2 = 394.4 137.2 0 ; G 0f(O) 0 = -257.2 kJ/mol
0
2
Since, G 0 for reaction is negative, so the reaction will be spontaneous
O
O
C H
H C O
O C
C H
C OH C O
H C H C
191
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
O O HO OH
39.
40. In (a) chirality is due to asymmetric substitution at nitrogen and because of nitrogen rapid inversion, the
enantiomers cannot be separated. In (b) the chirality is both at asymmetric carbon and nitrogen and the
chirality at carbon is not affected by inversion at nitrogen.
41. a>b>c>d
Conjugative > allylic > 2° > vinylic
42. Nitro group is a deactivating group
43. Meta directing group:
C Na+
44. A= B = H3C
H3C H
CH3
CH3
CH3
H3C H3C
C= CH3 D=
H3C CH3
CH3
192
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
CH3 + H+ CH CH3
CH CH3
fast
45. CH3
OH OH2
OH2
H2SO4 act as acid in first step and base in third step. Since it is regenerated back it is acting as a catalyst.
CH2
CH3
CH3 CH2 C CH (C)
CH3
Dialkyl substitued
48. More substituted alkene are more stable; stability order = a > b > c
193
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
CH2
H2C C
X
Too highly strained
Br H2C
2RO Na+ C
49. CH2
Br
A six membered ring cannot accommodate a triple bond because of the strain that would be introduced.
50. Aromatic compounds in which halogen is attached directly to the aromatic nucleus (e.g. chlorobenzene) do
not react with ethanolic AgNO3 even on heating probably due to high bond energy of C–Cl bond which has
partial double bond character.
CH3 CH3
CH3 CH3 Br
3-bromo-2,2-dimethyl butane
CH3 CH3
CH3 CH3
The addition of HBr to same alkene gives a mixture of expected alkyl bromide and an isomer formed by
rearrangement.
194
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
52. This reaction follows SN2 mechanism. In SN2 inversion takes place. These will happen inversion of the
configuration of the molecules of (+) results in formation of a molecule of its mirror image (-), which pairs of
with second molecule of (+) to form a racemate . Thus the rate of racemisation will be twice of rate of
isotopic exchange.
C6H13
C 6 H 13 +
H 13 C 6 128 +
I C
128
128
I C I I
I- + I
Me
Me
Me
H H
H
(+) (-)
HO CH3
MgBr H2O CH3
Br
H
53.
Mg / Ether
CH3CHO
HBr
H2O
H H 2O
(A) (B)
H Br
CH3
Br
CH3
CH3
(C)
HO
Mg H2O
Br CH3
Br CH3
54.
Mg
Ether
CH 3CHO
H O/ H
H
HBr
2
(A)
(B)
H
H CH3 CH3
CH+
H2O
CH3
Br
Br
CH3
(C)
195
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
H3C H3C
55. a) Br + KI Acetone
I (SN )
2
H3C H3C
H3C
H3C
b) Br + KOH
C 2 H 5 OH
CH2 (E2)
H3C
CH3
Cl O
c) H3C + H 3C O
CH 3OH
H3C (SN1)
CH3 CH3
CH3 CH3
CH3
CH3
d) 3CH COK
H2C (E1)
Br
CH3
CH3 CH3
CH3
CH3 H 3C O CH2
H 3C Br
X
CH3
56. a)
Br2
hv
Alc.KOH
(Saytzeff product)
CH3 CH3
CH3 H3C Br CH3
Br
CH CO K
Br2
hv
alc.KOH
HBr
peroxide
3 2
(Saytzeff product)
196
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
Cl O
Cl2
CH3
b) hv
CH 3O Na
Alc.KOH
O
CH3
CH 3OH
H 2SO 4
Br
c)
Br2
hv
Alc.KOH
NBS/hv
CCl 4
Alc.KOH
Br
OH OH2
H CH3
H2O
CH3
HBr
d)
CH3 CH3
CH3
Br
Br
O O
57. OH + CH 3 C Cl O C CH 3 + HCl
17 -59
So when one –OH group is replaced by acetyl group molecular weight increases by 59–17 = 42. Here total
increase in molecular weight 294 – 168 = 126
126
So number of –OH groups present = 3
42
58. D <C < A< E <B < F
59. Neopentyl bromide (i) first undergoes ionization to give 1° carbocation (II) which rearranges to give a more
stable 3° carbocation (III), which, undergoes nucleophilic attack by C2H5OH to give (IV) which subsequently
loses a proton to give 2-ethoxy-2-methyl-butane (v)
CH3 CH3
H3C
Ionization
H3C CH2
1,2 CH3
shift
Br
Br
CH3 CH3
(I) (II)
197
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
CH3
CH3
CH3
C
HO C2H5
H
H3C
H3C H3C
CH3
CH3 CH3
(III) O
O
C2H5
H C2H5 (V)
(IV)
b) Here, Cl is activated towards nucleophilic substitution by electron - withdrawing effect of NO2 group.
Nucleophilic attack by CH3O– first gives carbanion (i) which loses Cl– resulting in formation of p-nitro
anisole.
CH3
CH 3 O
Cl O Cl
O CH 3
O CH 3
NO2
NO2 NO 2 p-nitroanisole
CH3
CH3
H 3C O
CH3
c) CH3 (Hofmann product)
Cl
60. First step involves SN solvolysis producing 2° carbocation. Which rearranges by hydride shift to more stable
3° carbocation that react with H2O to form 3° alcohol.
CH3 CH3
H 3C
Br
1,2 hydride shift
H3C slow
Br
H3C CH C
CH3 CH3
H 3C
H H CH3
CH3
H3C
H2O
H
CH3
OH
198
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
H 2O
61.
OH
OH OH2
H
O
OH
(Pinacol-pinacolone rearrangement)
OH O
Cl
64. The –CH2 group (methylene group) is acidic in nature, ie these hydrogens can be easily lost as H+ on action of
a base because the resulting carbanion can be resonance stabilized.
O O O
O
C CH3 C CH C CH3
CH3 CH C CH3
O O O O
199
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
65. i)
H
H+ O CH3
OH O CH3
OH2+
+
ii) H5C6
H2O
H5C6 CH H5C6
CH+
CH CH
H2O
H5C6 H5 C 6
OH CHO
H3C CH3
+ CH3 CH3
H2O
O O O
O
O
O
H O O O
EtOH
66. a) O
EtO
H C (Ph3) (C)
O O
OH
O
O
O O O O
O O O H
OH H OH
b)
O H
H OH
H O
O O COO
O H2O
COO
OH
O
H (D) (E)
200
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
Br
67.
Br2 /CCl 4
NaNH 2
CH2 CH
(A) Br (B)
CO
CH3
HgSO4 / H 2SO 4
(C)
CH3
NH2NHCONH2
N
O HN
O
CH3
H2N
(D)
CH3
NaOD/D2O
(excess) CO O
(E)
O
CH3
CH3
68.
Ozonolysis
2
CH3
(B)
(A) (cis and trans)
O
COONa
CH 3 NaOH/I2
+ CHI3
KOH/NH 2-N H 2 CH 3
201
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
69. a>b>c>d
Aldehyde are more hydrated than ketones. The -I effect of Br increase the ease of hydration
CH3 COOH
COOH
70.
CH3 Cl
AlCl3
KMnO 4
HNO3
H 2SO 4
NO2
CH3 COOH
[O]
71. a) KMnO4
Toluene Benzoic acid
CH3 CHO
CrO2Cl2
Toluene Benzaldehyde
CrO 2 Cl2
n-propylbenzene 3-Phenylpropanal
72. a>b>c>d
Leaving group Cl– > CH3COO– > O C 2 H 5 NH 2
202
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
O C6H5 C6H5
O
C6 H 6 O PCl5 O
73. O
Anhydrous AlCl3
O
O Cl
(A) OH
(B)
C6H5 C6H5
H
H 2 /Pd/BaSO4 O NH 2 NH 2
N
CHO
(D)
H2C
H2C OH
74. i) H3C CHO
CHO
HOCH2–CH2–CHO
HCN
OH CHO
NC
H2C
OH
H 3O
HOOC
CH3
CH3 CH3
CH3 CHO
203
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
H3C
CH3 CH3
76. H3C H3C
HONO C+ CH3
N + -N2
H3C NH2 CH3
N H3C
H2O
-H+
-H+
H3C
H3C H3C CH CH3
CH2 CH3 HO
H3C H3C
77. a>b>c
Lone pair involve in delocalisation in (c) or (b)
NH2
78. (A) CH3 CH CH2 CH2 CH3 (B) CH2 = CH - CH2 - CH3
79. The unshared electron pair of (a) is prevented by the bicyclic system from becoming parallel to the aromatic
system. As a result there is no base weakening resonance into the phenyl ring as there is in (b)
80. Nucleophilicity is very sensitive to steric effects. In (a) all three alkyl groups are tied back and prevented from
interfering with electrophiles approaching the nitrogen. In (b) all the three groups are free to adopt an infinite
number of conformations. Some of which block access to nitrogen.
81. Pyrrolidine (pKb = 2.73) is 104 times more basic than pyrrole (pKb = 14.3). Therefore, pyrorlidine can be
protonated by weak acid acetic acid and dissolved in the aqueous phase because pyrrolidine is stronger base
than acetate ion. Pyrrole being a weaker base cannot be protonated by such a weak base.
82. Here aldohexose reacts with one molecule of phenylhydrazine which condenses with the aldehyde group to
give phenylhydrazone. When warmed with excess of phenyl hydrazine, the secondary alcoholic group adjacent
to the aldehyde group is oxidized by another molecule of phenylhydrazine to a ketonic group. With this
ketonic group, the third molecule of phenylhydrazine condenses to give osazone. The phenylhydrazinyl group
is transferred from osazone to C6H5CHO giving C6H5CH = N.NHC6H5 and a dicarbonyl compound called
an osone. The more reactive aldehyde group of the osone is reduced, not the less reactive keto group and it
gives the 2-ketohexose.
(b) The configuration of these carbons which are unchanged in the reactions, must be identical in order to get
the same osazone.
204
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
H2O and CN– posses different crystal field splitting energy 0 , they absorb different components of the
visible light (VIBGYOR) for d-d transition. Hence, the transmitted colours are different
87. N C C N
C g.s. 1s 2 2s 2 2p 2
1st e.s.
sp
sp sp unhybridised p-orbital
205
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
2
88. Cu NH 3 4
Cu 2 4NH3
2
Cu NH 3 4
K f 2
Cu NH3
4
2
Blue colour will be noticed upto Cu NH 3 4 1105
1.0 105
Cu 2 9.110 15 M
1.110 0.1
13 4
0.0329 1000
Cu 2 left 2.07 103
63.5 250
Thus solution will show blue colour, as it will provide appreciable Cu2+ to form complex
2
In Ni CN 4 & NiCl 4 , Ni+2 has electronic configuration [Ar]3d8
2
89.
4s 4p
3d
CN– is a strong ligand so it cause pairing where as Cl– does not cause pairing hence hybridisation of Nickel in
[Ni(CN)4]2– is dsp2 where as in [NiCl4)2– is sp3.
[Ni(CN)4]2– [NiCl4]2–
Hybridisation dsp2 Hybridisation sp3
Structure square planar structure tetrahedral
Shape square planar Shape tetrahedral
206
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
90. A Cr H 2 O 6 Cl3
Cr H 2 O 6 Cl3 H 2SO 4
No reaction
Because in it all H2O molecules present in co-ordination sphere
B = Cr H 2 O 5 Cl Cl 2 .H 2 O
Cr H 2 O 5 Cl Cl 2 .H 2 O H 2SO 4
one mole of H 2 O is removed
because it is present out side the coordinatin sphere
Molar wt = 266.5
18
% loss = 100 6.75%
266.5
C = Cr H 2 O 4 Cl 2 Cl.2H 2 O
B = Cr H 2 O 5 Cl Cl 2 H 2 O
C = Cr H 2 O 4 Cl 2 Cl.2H 2 O
3
91. In case of Fe CN 6 central Fe-metal has +3 oxidation state and pairing of e– takes palce due to strong
ligand CN–, this resultant it has finally one unpaired electrons.
207
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
2AgNO3 Na 2S2 O3
Ag S O
2 2 3 2NaNO3
silver tiosulphate (white precipitate)
2Na 3 Ag S2 O3 2
Ag 2S2 O3 3Na 2S2 O3
Sodium arg entothiosulphate
If the precipitate of Ag2S2O3 is heated, there is disproportionation giving black precipitate of Ag2S and soluble
H2SO4 which remains in the upper (supernatant) layer which gives white precipitate (of BaSO4) with Ba(NO3)2
solution
Ag 2S2 O3 H 2 O
Ag 2S H 2SO4
White ppt Black ppt
H 2SO 4 Ba NO3 2
BaSO4 2HNO3
White ppt
95. Properties of the given compound, especially its solubility in boiling soution of Na2SO3 indicates that
(A) is sulphur which explains all the given reactions.
S 6HNO3
H 2SO 4 6NO2 2H 2 O
(A) (B)
S Na 2SO3
Na 2S2 O3
(A) (C)
Na 2S2 O3 H 2SO4
Na 2SO4 SO2 H 2 O S
(C) (D)
96. A consideration of the structures of these acids explains the observed trend
O O H
O O H P
P H O O
H H
H
The hydrogen atoms bonded directly to phosphorus are not acidic as the P-H bond is not polar enough due
to equal electronegativity of phosphorus and hydrogen. Acidity arises due to O-H groups, one in H3PO2 and
three in H3PO4. The inductive effect of the single oxygen atom acts in the single O-H bond in H3PO2 but it is
distributed over three O–H bonds in H3PO4 respectively. So, O–H bond in H3PO2 much easily broken,
explaining its higher acidity over H3PO2.
208
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
97. The mixture of Cu2+ and C2O24 are reacting separately first with KMnO4 solution and then with solid KI to
liberate iodine. It can be seen that Cu+2 cannot be oxidised and C2O24 cannot be reduced. This is because Cu
is already in its highest oxidation state +2.
0.02 5 22.6
Equivalents of KMnO4 solution = 2.26 103
1000
2.26 103
2
moles of C2O4 = 1.13 103
2
This is because only C2O24 is oxidised by KMnO4 to CO2 (‘n’ factor 2)
0.05 11.3
Equivalents of Na2S2O3 solution = 5.65 104
1000
5.65 104
moles of Cu+2 = 5.65 104
1
This is because only Cu+2 is reduced by KI to Cu
(Note : Whenever a metal ion is reduced it always goes to lower oxidation state but generally never goes to
oxidation state zero).
5.65 104
molar ratio of Cu to C2O =
+2 2
0.5
1.13 103
4
2Cu 2
4I Cu 2 I 2 I 2 ;
I 2 2S2 O32 2I S4 O62
98. Let N1, N2 and N3 be the normalities of 1M KMnO4 solution in acidic, neutral and alkaline medium respectivley.
20 ml N1 33.4 ml N2 100 ml N3
In acidic medium 1M KMnO4 = 5 N KMnO4
20 20
Thus N2 = N1 5N 3N
33.4 33.4
20 20 5N
N3 N1 1N
100 100
The volume required for titration of the same volume of reducing agent with acidified K2Cr2O7 solution
20 ml 5N KMnO4 = V × 6 NK2Cr2O7
20 5
V= 16.66 ml
6
209
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
200 10 1
99. Equivalents of H2O2 initially = 2 1.176
100 34
2 2 100
Equivalents of Sn2+ = 0.4
1000
Equivalents of H2O2 left = 1.176 – 0.4 = 0.776
0.776
Moles of H2O2 left = 0.388
2
0.388 1
Moles of O2 produced = H 2 O 2 H 2 O O 2 0.194
2 2
ZnS H 2SO 4
ZnSO 4 H 2S
K 2 Cr2 O7
H 2SO 4
Cr2 SO 4 3 3S H 2 O K 2SO 4
A C B D
S O 2
SO 2
H 2S
S H 2 O colourless
D E D
ZnSO 4 2NaOH
Na 2SO 4 Zn(OH) 2
2NaOH
Na 2 ZnO 2 2H 2 O
(C)
210
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
82 65
1. A Overall percent yield = 100 53.3%
100 100
5. A Let, moles of Na2CO3 and NaHCO3 in 10 ml mixture = x and y respectively
5 104 84 1000
mass of NaHCO3 in 1000 ml solution = 4.2 g
10
9. A The n-factor of K4Fe(CN)6 is 6
15. C Z = 2, He
x 22
Kc
x 1 V , also K P K c RT
n g
V
on reducing volume to , initial concentration of PCl5 doubles and its degree of dissociation is
2
increased but KP does not change, as it is characteristic constant for a reaction at constant temperature.
105 0.003
34. A (Ionic product)1 = 7.5 109 Ksp (AgBr)
2 2
107 0.003
(Ionic product)2 = 7.5 1011 K sp (AgCl)
2 2
Hence, experiment 1 will produce a precipitate
211
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
V1
but V V 1 ; V1 V2 V1
2 1
2V1 V2 ; V1 / V2 1
2
Hence volume of HCN : NaOH = 2 : 1
36. D Point ‘S’ represents the situation beyond end point at which excess base is present in the titration flask.
Kw
So its H 3O can be written as (H3O)
OH
pH pKa log base
0.0591 H
39. D E cell log a
1 H
c
Mit 52 1.50 t
41. B W 5
nF 3 96500
42. A At anode: 2CH 3COO
C 2 H 6 (g) 2CO 2 (g) 2e
At cathode : 2H 2e
H 2 (g)
212
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
48. B Empirical formula is M2O3 as only one octahedral void is associated with one oxide ion but unit cell
contains two formula units.
51. A W2 5g, W1 100 g
Ps = 2985 Nm–2
P0 = 3000 Nm–2
M2 = ?
P 0 Ps W2 M1
P0 M 2 W1
W2 M1 5 18
M2
P Ps
0
3000 2985
0
W1 100
P 3000
53. A CRT
2 C .0821 30 0
C = .0812 mol L–1
Now Tf K f m = 1.86 .0812 0.151
= 273 - 0.15 = 272.849
58. A For reaction n gases 3
H U nRT
H U 3 8.314 298 7.43kJ
nRT 18
59. A V Vf Vi = L 30.6053
P 1000
W = PV 1 30.6053Latm 30.6053 101.325 = 3101.08 J
60. A By using Kirchoff’s equation
68. C N 2 B.O. 3
N 2 B.O. 2.5
C2 B.O. 2
C2 B.O. 1.5
NO B.O. 2.5
NO B.O. 3
Paramagnetic diamagnetic
69. B Paramagnetic due to one unpaired electron
H H 1 3 4
1 5 H3C C2 CH CH3
2 4 CH2
CH3
Hshift from C2 to C3
71. D H3C C C3 C
OH CH3
OH H CH3
(driving force is conjugation from oxygen)
72. B On the basis of stability of resonating structures.
213
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
Cl Cl
+ CCl2
favoured condition
Cl
N N N
H H
CH C H CH 3
CH C CH 4
CH CH Na in liq. NH 3
CH 2 CH 2
102. D Plane of both rings will not remain same
103. B In OM–DM, H2O attacks at that carbon which can accommodate more +ve charge.
105. A Reaction takes place through a 6 membered cyclic T.S.
109. C Due to aromaticity
110. A Base is bulky so if prefers terminal -carbon
123. A Justify the answer based on ozonized products
126. A Reactivity order 3° > 2° > 1° alcohols
127. A C2 is 3°C and C5 is 2°C
128. A Carbonic acid is stronger than phenol.
129. D –OH group is ortho para directing.
130. B –NH2 is electron donating group, at meta position the donation of electron will be least.
214
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
131. C 17
(2)
(3) (1) (4)
(1) (3)
(2) (5) (2) (1)
(4) (3)
Total 3 Total 5
Total 4
(3) (1)
(1) (2)
(2)
Total 3 Total 2
132. A p-nitrophenol has highest dipole moment
3
1
2
138. D 4 In these positions we can have the chlorine atom.
O O
OH
C C
O + 2
Con.H 2SO4
O
147. C fusion
C C
OH OH
O OH2
O OH O
CH3
H
H3C H 2O
H3C CH3 H H3C CH3
H
215
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
153. C Aldehyde is first converted into cyclic thioacetal and then strong base like Ph - Li is used to generate
carbanion and then treated with D2O. Finally, the aldehyde is regenerated.
156. A The resultant carbocation is most stable
157. D –COCH3 group is available after oxidation
163. A They regain aromatics
166. B Baeyer villager oxidation . More electron rich ring will migrate
170. C 1. Dehydration of 5th carbon
2. Cyclization and
3. Dehydration followed by deprotonation
171. A 2nd and 5th positions will have higher electron densities than 3rd and 4th
COOH
HOOC
172. B Upon heating, undergoes decarboxylation
CH3 OCa
C N, X C C
173. C W , Y CHI 3 ,
O O
C
Z
O
OH OH COOH COOH
181. A
(I) (III)
Cl CH3
pKa = 9.98 (II) pKa = 4.17
(IV)
pKa = 9.38 pKa = 4.37
Decreasing order of acidic strength, III > IV > II > I
182. C Since alkyl halide is 3°, so in presence of NaCN it will follow E2 path rather SN, so method 2 is not
appropriate.
HNO2
188. D (CH3)2CHNO2 (CH3)2C NO2 (Pseudo nitrol blue)
N O
190. B Carbylamine test gives isocyanide
192. B The intermediate should contain oxygen atom
193. B Removal of –OH from HNO2 and –H from CH3–NH–R
216
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
O O
215. A Structure is HO S S OH
O
216. C According to structure, each phosphorus atom is attached to four oxygen atoms
219. A As B(OH)3 accepts a lone pair of electrons from water as OH–
220. D Acid converts Na2B4O7 to H3BO3 and B2O3 can only be reduced by Mg out of these
222. A Fluorine is most reactive halogen
223. A Colour of (A) CrO 24 in aqueous solution is due to charge transfer
NH2
NH 4 Cl 2K 2 HgI 4 4KOH
Hg + 7KI + KCl + 3H2O
O
Hg
I
Iodide of Million's base
(Brown ppt)
217
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
5. A, B, C, D
At 27°C total pressure PA + PB = 2 + 2 = 4 atm
rA n A p A MB n 1
A
rB n B p B MA nB 2
moles diffused out at 27°C are in the ratio 1 : 2
A B
Initial moles a a
moles left a x a 2x
Total moles after diffusion = a – x + a – 2x = a
( P drop sfrom 4 atm to 2 atm moles should decrease from 2a to a a = 3x)
After diffusion moles of A and B are 3x – x = 2x and 3x - 2x = x
moles of A and B left are in the ratio 2 : 1
Partial pressures after diffusion at 27°C
2 2 4
For A it is P 2
3 3 3
1 1 2
For B it is P 2
3 3 3
When the vessel is heated to 127°C
4 4 16 P P
Partial pressure of A = atm 1 2
3 3 9 T1 T2
2 4 8
Partial pressure of B = atm
3 3 9
Now
A
B C
16 8
0
9 9
16 8
P P P
9 9
P
K P 0.1 partial pressure of C, P = 0.126 atm
16 8
P P
9 9
218
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
8. A, B
t 3/4 log 4
(A) t 1 log 2
2
t15/16 log16
(B) t 1 log 2
2
9. A, C, D
Addition of Cl2 favours forward reaction, remaining backward reaction
10. A, B, C, D
Equilibrium is not disturbed by the addition of inert gas at constant volume
11. A, B, C
pH of CH3COONa solution changes on dilution because it is a salt solution where as other are buffer
solutions
12. B, D
NH4NO3 and FeCl3 salts undergo cationic hydrolysis
13. A, B
H
H Cl –
CH 3COOH 2
CH 3COOH H +
20. A, B
1
Slope = 1 10 2
100
21. B, C, D
1
T2 V1
on solving
T1 V2
T2 = 250 K
P1V1 P2 V2
T1 T2
P1 = 2.2 and P2 = 0.68
29. A, B, C
O
One mole of MeNH2 can attack on 2 moles of . So will result above species as an intermediate
219
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
39. A, B
CH3 CH3
CH3 CH3
NH2
Cl NH2 -NH2
NH2
H Benzyne
40. B, C, D
Glucose, fructose and ethanal give Fehling’s test. But C6H5CHO undergo Cannizzaro reaction in alkaline
medium and does not give Fehling’s test
53. C, D
In Ti(NO3 )4 ,O.N. of Ti is 4
220
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
hc 22 m e e 4 z 2 1 1
1. A E 2 2
h2 n1 n 2
2 2 m e e 4 z 2 1 1
2 2
h 3c n1 n 2
R H me
MN
1 3 5
1 1 1 me M N me 1
1 2 5
M N me M N me MN 2 me 3
me
; 3m 3 ;
me e me 3 5
me 2 2
2m e e 4 z 2
2. A E ionization energy
n 2h 2
me mass of electron in Bohr’s theory reduced mass of electrons
me = mN
1 1 1 m 13.6
e ; E 9 61.2 eV / atoms
me me 2 2
3RT
5. A rms 390.2 ms 1
M
On titration of reaction mixture with KMnO4, only Fe2+ reacts with it.
Equivalents of Fe2+ in 25 ml = Equivalents of KMnO4
545 x 25 103 1 30 103 0.0833 5
1000
545 x 25 12.5; 545 x 500; x 45
1000
1000 1000
221
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
11. A N 2 3H 2
2NH 3
1 2x x 3x
620
P= 15 31 atm at 10 moles of NH3 at 620 K
300
Now, NH3 is dissociated to attain 50 atm at 620 K
P n or 10 31
10 2x 50
10 2x 50
1.61, 10 2x 16.12 ; 2x = 6.12
10 31
2x 6.12 100
100 ; 61.2
10 10
10 0.082 300
12. A V 16.42
15
3
6.12 6.12 3
3
n N2 n H2 2 2
13. D P 2 2 50 = 1.53 103
KP
n n 10 6.12 10 6.12
2 2
NH 3
10 21 S 2 0.1
S2 1020
H2S
2H S
2
2
21
H 1020
10 ; K a 1021
0.1
[H ] 0.1
8 10 27 Cd 2 10 20
8 10 7 Cd 2
222
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1 3
27. B H 0 H CaSO 4 . H 2 O(s) H H 2 O g
2 2
223
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
n solute 1000
78. B Tf K f molality K f
w in g
0.97 1.86 m
m = 0.52
2 1000
79. B 0.97 1.86
76x 25
x2
formula of metal chloride = MCl2
224
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
35.5 0.16
N HIO3 0.256 N
22.21
N factor of HIO3 = 5
176
Mass of HIO3 = 0.256 × 9 gm / t
5
1.987 (250.1) 2
2. 2 kf 29.59 K kg mol 1
4.2 1000
Tf ik f m
5.97 = i × 29.6 × 0.346
i = 0.583
0.83
2 VCl 4
V2Cl8
[VCl 4 ]2 (0.057) 2
Kp 2 102
[V2 Cl8 ] 0.144
4. 8 8.09 mL 8 mL
CuCO3 H 2SO4
CuSO 4 H 2 O CO 2
1mol 1mol
Let volume of 0.5 M H2SO4 be V
Moles of CuCO3 = Moles of H2SO4
0.5 0.5 V
123.5 1000
V 8.09 mL 8 mL
225
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
1 1
5. 3 v He RZ2 2 2 ....................(i)
4 6
36 16 5R
4R ......................(ii)
36 16 36
1 1
v H R 12 2 2
2 n
vHe vH
On solving above equation n2 = 9
n 3 or corresponding transition from 3 2 in Balmer series of hydrogen atom has same frequency
that of 6 4 transition in He+
6. 2 Let the volume of the tank be 1 litres
As the number of moles of N2 before and after connecting it to the tank will be same
8. 4 Rate = K[H2O2]
3 103
2 104 H2O2
60
H 2O2 4M, x 4
Ag (aq) Fe 2 (aq) Ag(s) Fe3 (aq)
9. 3
No.of m moles initially 500 0.15 75 500 1.09 545 0 0
mmoles at eqbm 75 x 545 x x x
On titration of reaction mixture with KMnO4, only Fe2+ reacts with it.
Equivalents of Fe2+ in 25 ml = Equivalents of KMnO4
545 x 25 103 1 30 103 0.0833 5
1000
45
Fe3 1000 45 1000
Kc 3.0
Ag Fe 75 45 545 45 30 500
2
1000 1000
2
0.75
10. 9 KP 9
0.25
226
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
12. 6 Let the molarity and volume of HX be M1 and V1 ml respectively while the molarity of NaOH be M2
HX NaOH
NaX H 2O
Initial mil lim oles M1V1 10M 2
After the addition M1V1 10M 2 0 10M 2
of 10cc of NaOH
Since weak acid HX and NaX are left after the reaction they will constitute an acidic buffer
pH pK a log
salt
acid
10M 2
5.7 pK a log
M1V1 10M 2 ....................................................(1)
Let V2 ml be the volume of NaOH required to neutralize given HX completely
M1V1
At equivalence point, M1V1 M 2 V2 ; V2 M
2
10 M 2
M2 10
5.7 pK a log pK a log
M1V1 10M 2 V2 10 ......................(2)
M2
20 V 10
0.6 log 2
V2 20 10
2 V2 10
Taking antilog, 4 = V2 30 ml
V2 20
10 1
Putting V2 in equation (2) 5.7 pK a log pK a log
30 10 2
pK a 5.7 log 2 5.7 0.3 6.0
227
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
1 1 pKa2 pKa3
1
13. 9 log H log K a 2 K a 3 2
= log K a 2 log K a3 =
2 2 2
H K a 2 K a3 10 10 10
6 12 9
pH 9
14. 9 For Cu(OH)2, Ksp = 4S3
K sp 5 1016
S 3 3 3
125 1018 5 106
4 4
OH 2S 2 5 10 6 105
pOH = 5, pH = 9
16. 4 n-factor of the half cell = 3 – (–1) = 4
MV 0.1 40
17. 8 Number of moles of hypo = 4 10 3
1000 1000
Number of moles of I2 = 2 103
Mass of I2 = 2 103 254g
i tE i 9650 127
w= ; 2 103 254
96500 96500
i = 0.04 ampere
0.04
Current efficiency = 100 8%
0.50
19. 2 moles of Al : Cu : Na
3
1 : : 3 ; 2 : 3 : 6 ; 2 + 3 + 6 = 11 ; 1 + 1 = 2
2
21. 2 There are 8 nearest neighbours, 6 next nearest and 12 third nearest neighbours.
0.7 7
22. 2 0.7 2 K f 0.2 K f
0.4 4
Hg CN 2 mCN
Hg CN m 2
m
0.1 0.2 0
0 0.2 0.1m 0.1
Now, molarity of K+ = 0.2 M
Molarity of CN– = (0.2 – 0.1 m) M
Molarity of complex = 0.1 M
0.53 = Kf (0.2 + 0.2 – 0.1 m + 0.1) = Kf (0.5 – 0.1 m)
7
0.53 0.5 0.1m 2.1 3.5 0.7 m
4
0.7 m 1.4 m 2
228
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
5
24. 4 H nCp dT 1 8.314 500 104 J
2
26. 2 2 lone pair on I
Cl
Cl
I
I is sp3d2 hybridised with square planar shape in [ICl4]–
Cl Cl
Br I Br F Br I Br Cl
C C C C C C C C
27. 6
Cl F Cl I F Cl F I
Br F Br Cl
C C C C
I Cl I F
CH3 OH
31. 8
H CH3
41. 2 + enantiomer
H3C O H
43. 3 , ,
OCH2CH3
229
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
CH2 OH
46. 1 Only
59. 3
61. 2
230
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
2KMnO 4 H 2SO 4
Mn 2O 7 H 2O K 2SO 4
conc. (C)
2Mn 2 O 7
4MnO 2 3O 2
The cation in (D) is Mn4+
Electronic configuration of Mn4+ = [Ar]3d3
Thus number of unpaired electrons in M4+ = 3
66. 5 Since the compound X decolourizes a solution of iodine in potassium iodide. It should contain thiosulphate
ion. S2O32 which also coincides with the two other given facts. i.e. (i) and (iii) . Hence the compound X
is sodium thiosulphate. Na2S2O3.5H2O which explains the given reactions as below.
Ag 2S2O3 H 2 O
Ag 2S H 2SO 4
Black ppt
MATRIX MATCH TYPE QUESTIONS
Solutions to Selected Questions
PM 3 3RT 1
1. d ; KE RT; ; r P ; r
RT 2 M d
2. Pt | Fe3+, Fe2+ - Oxidation - reduction electrode
Pt | H2 | H+ - Hydrogen electrode
Pt | Hg | Hg2+ - Metal-metal ion electrode
3.
Conc. H 2SO 4
OH
Cl
EtO / EtOH
(major)
231
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
Me3COK
Cl
Br
alc.KOH
4. For alkanes, boiling point increases as chain length increases and boiling point decreases as branching
increases
5. 1o, 2o, 3o alcohols - Victor Meyer’s test, Lucas test
1o, 2o, 3o nitroalkanes - different colours with HNO2/alkali
6. Reformatsky reaction - Aldehydes or ketones react with -haloester in ether in presence of zinc to form
-hydroxyester
7. Periodic acid oxidation - Vicinal diols, 1,2-diketones, -hydroxy aldehydes and ketones
10. p - squaric acid
q - benzoic acid
r - phenol
s - benzene sulphonic acid
11. CN– is a strong field ligand and H2O is a weak field ligand
12. Very dilute HNO3 ( 6%) reacts with zinc to form Zn(NO3)2 and NH4NO3
Dilute HNO3 ( 20%) reacts with tin to form Sn(NO3)2 and NH4NO3
MATCHING LIST TYPE QUESTIONS
Answer key with Solutions to Selected Questions
1. C CH 3OSO 2 CH 3 EtO
CH 3OC 2 H 5 CH 3SO3
CH 3CH 2 I PH 3
CH 3CH 2 PH 2 HI
4. B Sulphonation and iodination of benzene containing H is faster than Deuterium containing Benzene-
inverse kinetic isotope effect.
6. A Relative reactivity is more when Z– CH2– is H– CH2–
7. A t BuOK
Cl
8. B R3B reacts with carboxylic acids to form alkane
232
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
MATHEMATICS
1. D
2. A y g x is inverse of f x
1
e
elog x 2x
3. D ln x 2
h x f x g x x 2 e x e 2
ln
2 1 1
x 2 2
2xeln 2 x 2 4x 4 4x
x x2
1
x2 2
4 h x 6x R 1
x
R1 u : 1 u 1 1 sin 1,
Also gof x = g f x In sin x
R 2 : 0
0 sin x 1 ln sin x 0
5. D By replacing x x 1 and x x 2, we get
f x 2 f x 2f fx 1 ....... 1
f x f x 2 2f x 1 ....... 2
2 f x 1 f x 1 2 2f x
f x 2 f x 2 0
233
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
f x 8 f x 4 f x x
x
6. D f x , x 0 f 1 x 3x, x 0
3
x, x 0 x, x 0
7. C Consider a general triangle
APn 1 2 APn 2 Pn Pn 1 2 2n 1
2
Put n 1, 2, 3, ......., n
AP2 2 A2 P1P2 2 1
AP3 2 AP2 2 P2 P3 2 22
APn 1 2 APn 2 Pn Pn 1 2 2n 1
2
2 22n 1 4 n 1
2 2 2 2
n 1
APn 1
AP1 1 2 2
2 2
23
....... 2 2
2 1 3
1
G.P with common ratio 22
2 4n 1 4n 2 4n 2
APn 1 1 APn 1
3 3 3
Pn Pn1 2n 1 2n 3
Now, sin
APn 1 4n 5 4n 2 2
3
2n 3
As n , 1 sin
2
as n
3
4n 2
234
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
8. B
1 2t , t0
Given f t 1 , 0 t 1
2t 1 , t 1
f x 1 , 0 x 1
g x
3 x, 1 x 2
3 2x, 0 x 1
gx
3 x, 1 x 2
f -1 x x 1 1
Now,
f x f 1 x
2
x 1 1 x 1 1
x 1 x 1 x 1 x 1 1 0
4 3
3
x 1 or x 1 1 x 0
1
10. C Let f x t f t 2 so t 3, ,3
2
Now f x 3 no solution
235
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
1
f x 2 solutions
2
f x 3 1 solution
12. D
2 2
On simplifying, x cos 4x x cos 4x x sin 4x x cos 4x x sin 4x x .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
and the point (4, 2, k) on the line lies in the plane i.e. if 2 4 4 2 k 7 k 7
14. B x 1 0 and 4x 5 0, x 1 1
5
x , 2
4
Case-I: x 1 1 x 2 4x 5 x 12
x 3 3, 3 3
Thus x 2, 3 3
Case -2: 1 x 2 4x 5 x 12
x , 3 3 3 3,
5
x , 3 3
4
2
2 x x2 x x
15. B y xy y y 2 xy is decreasing for y and increasing for y
2 4 2 2
x
Thus the largest value of y 2 xy must be at y 0, or 1
2
x2 1
The values are 0, , 1 x for x 0, 1 g x
4 4
236
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
x2
and for x 0, 1 g x max
4
, 1 x
x2
also, x 2 4x 4 0 x 2 8 g x 1 x and for x 8 2
4
2 c4 c4
16. B We have r
a 2 cos ec2 b 2 sec 2 a cot ban 2 a b 2
c4
maximum value of r 2 {When denominator is minimized}
a b 2
c2
maximum value of r
a b
x
17. A Given equation can be written as f x k
ex
f ' x
1 x
ex
1
Maximum f x
e
18. C Obviously ‘a’ can be equal to 0
When a < 0
b2 b2
b
0,
b
Domain of f x is 0, Range is
a 4a a 4a
a 4
a 0 is not possible
f ' x f " x f "' x
19. B g x I dx
f x f ' x f " x f "' x
x 3 1n x C
237
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
x3 6x 2 5x 4 x 2 x 1
6 6
20. A I x4 dx
6
I 6x 2 5x 4 4x 3 x 6 x 5 x 4 dx
Put x 6 x 5 x 4 t
6x5 5x 4 4x3 dx dt
I t 6dt
x 6 x5 x 4
7
7
t
I c c
7 7
21. D Put x 2 t
1 1 t2 t2 2 t2
2
I e te e 2t e dt
sin 2 x sin 4 x 1 t 2 1 t 2
2
sin 3 x sin 5 x
cos2 x cos4 x dx cos2 x cos4 x sin x dx dt
22. B
t2 t4
(Taking cos x = t)
1 t 2 1 t 4 2t 2 t 4 3t 2 2
dt dt ....... 1
t2 t2 1
t2 t2 1
2 y 2 3y 2 2 6 2 6
Let t y 1 1 2 2
y y 1 y y 1 t
t 1 (Using partial fraction)
dt dt
I I dt 2 6
t 2
t 1
2
1
t 2 6 tan 1 t c
t
2
cos x 6 tan 1 cos x c
cos x
238
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
I x 2 x sec2 x tan x dx
23. C
x tan x 12
1 1
I x2 2x dx
x tan x 1 x tan x 1
x 2 2x cos x
I dx
x tan x 1 x sin x cos x
x 2
I 21n x sin x cos x C
x tan x 1
1n x
1 2
I x 4 dx
24. B 1n x
1
x
1n x 1 ln x
Let t dt dx
x x2
3 3
7 2 x 6 2x 4 2x 4
2x 3x x x
25. A
x10 2x5 1 dx 6 4 2 1 dx 2
dx
x x 6 2 1
x x x 3
x
1 3
Let x 2 3
t 2x 4 dx dt
x x
dt 1 x3
2 c 5 c
x3 x5 1
c
x 3 x8
c
t 2 2
t x 1 5
x 1 5
x 1
ex ex 1
dx
26. B
ex sin x cos x cos x sin x ex
e2x e x 1
I dx
e x sin x cos x e x cos x sin x
239
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
e x sin x cos x
ln x c
e cos x sin x
ln xe d xex
x
27. D
xe x x ln x xe x c xe x x ln x 1 c
28. D The equation of plane through the point 1, 2, 1 and perpendicular to the planes
2x 2y z 0 and x y 2z 4 is given by
x 1 y 2 z 1
2 2 1 0
1 1 2
x y 1 0
1 2 1
It’s distance from the point 1, 2, 2 is 2 2
2
f x sec 2 x
29. B 2f ' x f x
1 tan x
sec2 x
2f ' x dx 1 tan x
dx
2f x n 1 tan x c f x 0 at x 0 c 0
1
f x n 1 tan x
2
30. A The equation to line is
x 1 y 1 z 2
3 1 5
240
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
We have, 3 2 4 3 3 5 4 0
Which gives 8 2
1/ 4
b f b
31. B f x dx f 1 x dx bf b af a
a f a
32. D
f 2x f x f x / 2 f x / 22 ...... f x / 2"
So, when n
f 2x f 0 f x is continuous function
f x f I
1 1
3,
f f f x dx 3dx 6
1 1
a tan 2 1 a a
1 tan 1 x dx tan 1 x dx 0 1
tan x dx dx a tan 2 1
0 0 tan 2 1 tan 2 1
a a
1
cot x dx
cot 1 x dx 0 1 cot 2 1 0
0 tan 2 1
a tan 2 1 cot 2 1
a tan 2 1 cot 2 1
sin 2 1 cos 2 1
cos 2 1 sin 2 1
2 2
1 cos 2 1 cos 2 1 cos n 1 cos 2
1 cos 2 1 cos 2 sin 2 2
2 1 cos2 2
2
sin 2
2 2 2 cos 2 2
2 3 cos 4
2 sin 2 2 1 cos 4
241
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
34. C
1
Area AA OC
2
1 25
b 2 b 2 49
2 16
28
b
5
2
2 2 sin x cos x 2 2
35. B dx ...... i
2 x
x 2
1 1 1
2 x
3
2 2 sin x cos x 2 2
dx .... ii
3 x 2
2
5 2 3 2
A
3
0.75 A 1.3
1
1
36. C f x dx 4 f t
0
1
f x dx Kt 4 f x x 3
0
242
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
37. B
x sin 1 a 4 1 cos1 a 4 1 tan 1 a 4 1
the functions are defined in their domain of a = 0
1 2
x A
2 4 4 2 4 4 32
38. C
y x 2 x 3 where x 0
3
yx x 2
3
y x x2
3
y x x2
1 3 3
Re quired area x x 2 x x 2 dx
0
1
3
5
1 x2 4
x 2 dx 2 sq. unit
0 5 5
2 0
243
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
dt t 1
39. B Take cos ec y t, we get 2
dx x x
t 1
2 dx
x x
2x sin y 1 x 2
40. A
A B C A B C
A. B A B B B C A C B C C
A A B 0 B C A C B C 0
AAB ABC AAC ABC 0
( a scalar triple product in which a vector is repeated has the value zero)
41. A Locus of the centre of the circle is a hyperbola
If , is centre of circle then we can say
42. A
x dy y log e y dx x 2 y 2x sin x x 2 cos x dx 0
xdy y log e ydx
yx 2
2 x sin x x 2 cos x dx 0
d x
2 log e y
sin x d 0c
x
log e y
x 2 sin x c
x
log e y
c x 2 sin x
x
log e y x c x 2 sin x
ye
x c 2 sin x
43. B
As a b a b sin nˆ
6
244
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
a b c 12 a b nˆ c
1 1
a b c a b 1 1 cos 0 a b
2 2
n̂ is perpendicular to both a and b and c is also a unit vector perpendicular to both a and b
2
a1 a2 a3
2 1 2
b1 b 2 b3 a b c a b 2
4
c1 c2 c3
1 2
4
a1 a 22 a 32 b12 b 22 b32
44. A 2xy4ey 2xy3 y dx x 2 y4ey x 2 y2 3x dy 0
y 2x 1
2 y x 2 3x
Dividing both the sodes by y , we get 2xe
4
3 dx x e 2 4 dy 0
y y
y y
dx x 2 dx 3xdy
y
2xe dx x e dy 2x
2 y
dy 4 0
y y2 y3 y
x2 x
d x 2e y d d 3 0
y
y
x2 x
x 2e y c
y y3
x 12 y 4 2 y
2
45. C 2
x 2 2x 1 y2 8y 16 2y 2
245
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
46. D
4 : 9 : 49 K12 : K 22 : K 32
K1 : K 2 : K 3 2 : 3 : 7
2, 3K, 7K say
2
4 2K
So side of ABC is 12K
Area 12K
Area 144
47. A
d P, BC min d P, AB , d P, AC
d P, BC d P, AB and d P, BC d P, AC
d P, BC d P, AB d P, AC
246
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
48. A
t 2k
t h k, h h
Now find equation of AB and then perpendicular dist = 1
49. D
4 9a
R a, and centroid of PQR is (h, k)
7
24a 6a
h ...... 1
3 3
4 9a
5 11
7 35 77 4 9a
k
3 21
38 9a
..... 2
21
Now equating the value of a from equation (1) and (2)
21k 38
3h 6
9
27h 54 21k 38
27h 21k 92
92
9x 7y 0 which is parallel to N
3
247
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
x 2 y 2 4x 4 0
2
mx y mx y
From equation (1) and (2), we get x 2 y2 4x 4 0
m m
4 4
x 2 2 1 y2 xy 0 ..... 3
m m
Coefficient of x2+ Coefficient of y2 =0
Slope is undefined
PA PB 1/2
51. B PA PB
2
PA PB 2 PT 2 3
Maximum length occurs when PAB passes through centre
i.e. PA PB 4 Maximum
So, range is 2 3, 4
52. B Since the radical centre of three circles described on the sides of a triangles as diameters is the
orthocentre of the triangle.
Radical centre = orthocentre
Given sides are
x y5 0 ...... 1
2x y 9 0 ...... 2
x 2y 3 0 ...... 3
Since equation (2) and (3) are perpendicular the point of intersect of is (3, 3) the orthocentre of
triangle. Hence radical centre is (3, 3).
53. B
54. A
248
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
Now AB2 x1 x 2 2 y1 y 2 2
x12 y12 x 22 y22 2a 2
x12 y12 a 2 x 22 y 22 a 2
AB p 2 q 2
55. C
x b 2 4a y c
2
and b 4ac
b
PS y x
2a
x2
For H(x, y), GH
4a
2 2 2
QM : RN : SK 2 : 2 5 2 5 7
56. A
Let A , the equation of the normal to the parabola at at , 2at is
2
y tx 2at at 3
As it is drawn from ,
249
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
So, at 3 2a t 0
t1 t 2 t 3 0 ... 1
So, we have
P at12 , 2at1 , Q at 22 , 2at 2 and R at 32 , 2at 3
C1 Circle drawn on AP as diameter x x at1 y y 2at1 0
2
C2 Circle drawn on AQ as diameter x x at 2 y y 2at 2 0
2
Common chord t1 t 2 x 2y t1 t 2 2 0 as t1 t 2
t t t
m1 1 2 3
2 2
Tangent to the parabola at R
t 3 y x at 32
1
m2
t3
1
So, m1 m 2
2
57. A
6
58. B y6 x y
9/2
3y 4x 34 0
SP 25
Radius of circle
2 8
25
3 3 4 34
8 5
Lencth of perpendicular from centre on the normal is 5 2
2 2
25
5 15
Lencth of intercept 2,
8 2 4
59. D
60. A Required length is OP + OV where P 1, 1 , V 2, 2 i.e. vertex and O is origin
250
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
61. C
Length of perpendicular from C 0, 0 to the tangent at P 2 3 cos , 2 2 sin is
1
CF
cos 2 sin 2 equation of normal at P is
12 8
2 3x 2 2y
12 8
cos sin
2
which meets the major axis at G cos , 0
3
CF PG 8
62. C
f k 2 2k 5 f k 11
k 2 2k 5 k 11
k 3, 2
63. A Combined equation of pair of lines through the origin joining the points of intersection of line
y kx 1 with the given curve is
2
x 2 2xy 2 sin 2 y 2 y kx 0
For the chord to subtend a right angle at the origin 1 k 2 sin 1 0
2
sin 2 k 2
0 k 2 1 2 k 3
64. B
251
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
DB b
Minor axis = a and major axis B is focus of E n
5e e
Assuming e to be the eccentricity. Thus, we have
b a b2 5 1
e 2 1 e2 e2 e 1 0 e
a b/e a 2
x2 2
x2 2
65. C Let equation of the circle be 4 y 1 2 y 1 0
a
a 2 4 2
x2 2 y 1
4a 1
So circle is x 2 y 2 1
r1 r2
66. B The curve is a hyperbola and e r r 2
1 2
x y
67. A Equation of tangent at point P p cos , sin is cos sin 1
p 1
Let, it cut the hyperbola at A and B
Homogenizing the hyperbola p 2 x 2 y 2 1 with the help of the above equation, we get
2
x
p 2 x 2 y 2 cos y sin
p
This is a pair of straight lines OA and OB
Given AOB
2
Coefficient of x 2 coefficient of y 2 0
2 cos 2
p 2
1 sin 2 0
p
cos 2
p2 2
1 1 cos 2 0
p
252
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
cos 2
p2 2 p2
2
p 1
Now, 0 cos 2 1
0
p2 2 p2 1 p2 5 1
,
2
p2 1 2
2
68. A x 2 y 2 20002 2 4 53 x y x y 28 56
for y 0, x 2000
7 7 1
Number of integral values of x, y 24
2
Number of integral points 24 4 2 98
69. A Let x cos and y sin
x 2 4xy y 2 1 2sin 2 3
As (3, 1) lies on an asymptote
70. C xyzr
If both lines intersect, then intersection of first line with both the planes is same. i.e.
1 1
b 2 2 4a 1 a 2 1 2b 1
2 2
b 1 a 2 0 a 2 and b 1
71. B The given lines r a b c and r b c a pass through points a and b respectively
and are parallel to vector b × c and c × a are coplanar.
So, a b b c c a 0
a b bca c bcc a 0
a b c bca 0
a c bc 0 a c bc
72. A Equation of plane passing through 2, 1, 0 is a x 2 b y 1 c z 0 0
It also passes through (5, 0, 1) and (4, 1, 1)
253
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
3a b c 0 and 2a 0 b c 0
a b c
On solving, we get
1 1 2
Equation of plane is x 2 y 1 2 z 0 0
x 2 y 1 2z 0
x y 2z 3 ..... 1
x 2 y 1 z 6
Equatopm of line PQ is
1 1 2
2 1 6
Since mid-point of P and Q is , , which lies in line PQ
2 2 2
2 1 6
1 6
2 2 2
1 1 2
2 1 6
1 2 1 2 6
2 2 2
2
1.1 1.1 2 2
2 1 6
Since, 1 2 3
2 2 2
6, 5, 2
Q 6, 5, 2
2 2 p
73. A Given b qa, p abc qa c a c
q
Now,
1 2
3
2
1 q a 2
1 q a 2 2 2 2 1 q2 p 3
1 q
a 2 b 2 c2 1 q 2 2 2
a c
2
2
2
c 3
4
4 2
a c 3
2q
2x y 3z 1
x 2y 3z 1
74. D Clearly,
14 14
3x 3y 2 0 and x y 6z 0
254
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
k 2, solve k, k 4
2x 2 13
75. B y 2
5x 1 25 2x
2 2
13 , x, y 1 y 5
5x 2 1
8 13
x 2 y 5 5
20 1
x 2 y 5 and 2x 2 13 5x 2 1 for x 2
2x 2 13
is fractional part for x > 2
5x 2 1
76. A a 2 b c a2 p q
qc
bp
b / a p / a b p
A.M. of roots f(x) = 0 and g (x) = 0 is (Number of roots is 4)
4 4a
Since discriminants are equal
b 2 4ac p2 4aq
b 2 p 2 4ac 4aq
bp cq
4a bp
A.M. of roots of f(x) = 0 and g (x) = 0
77. D For the equation x 2 px 1 0 , the product of roots, 2 1 and for the equation
33 8
2
1
From 2 1 , we have 2 and from 2 8 , we have 4
255
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
b
Hence, from sum of roots ,
a
2 1 17
relation, we have p 4
4 4
2 1 33
and q 16
2 2
r
is arithmetic mean of p and q
8
r pq
8 2
17 33
r 4 p q 17 66 83
4 2
2x 2 1 2x 1
78. A a
2
a x2 x
1
a
4
Also, a x 2 x 1
3 3
a hence, a ,
4 4
1
y x or x y 1
a
1
Substituting in second curve we get ay a 1 y
2
0
24
25 1
or ay a 1 y
2
0 for curves to touch each other either any one of the quadratics
24 a
have equal roots or they have a comon root, finding the values of a we get
2 3 13 601
a , ,
3 2 12
256
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
r2 1 r r
Tr
80. D
2r 1 2r 1 4 2r 1 2r 1
1 500 r r
S
4 r 1 2r 1 2r 1
500
r r
4S
r 1 2r 1 2r 1
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 500 500
.....
1 3 3 5 5 7 7 999 1001
r r 1
1
2r 1 2r 1
500 501000
Combinning all such terms, we get 4S 1 499
1001 1001
r r 1
1
2r 1 2r 1
500 501000
Combining all such terms, we get 4S 1 499
1001 1001
125250
S S 125
1001
Number of divisors = 4
81. D We have a 2n a 2n 1 1 2a n 1
B B
Let roots are a d, a, a d 3a ,a
A 3A
Here a is a root of above cubic so it must satisfy the equation
3 2
B B B
A B C D 0 . Solving 2B3 9ABC 27A 2 D 0
3A 3A 3A
k1 9, k 27 k1 k 2 18
83. C 3x, 4y, 5z fpr, a G.P..
257
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
16y 2 15xz
x, y, z form H.P.
2xz
y
xz
x 2z2
16.4. 15xz
x z 2
64xz 15 x 2 z 2 2xz
x z
64 15 2
z x
64 x 2 p
2
15 z x q
p 34
p q 49
q 15
2014 m
84. C 2014Cm mCn
m 0 n 0
2014
m 0
2014
Cm m C0 m C1 ..... m Cm
2014
m 0
2014
C m 2 m 2014 C0 20 2014 C1 21 2014 C2 22 .... 2014 C 2014 22014 32014
n
85. C Coefficient of x2r in 1 x x 2
= coefficient of x2r in 1 x 1 x
n
n
1
2
3
= coefficient of x in
2r x
2 4
coefficient of x2r in 1 x 1 x
n
r r
n! r k! n
n Cr k r k Cr k r k ! n r k ! 2k ! r k! n C2k n 2k Cr k
k 0 k 0 k 0
258
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
n n k
1
2
3 n
1
2k
3
coefficient of x in
2r x x 2r in
4
n
Ck x
2 2 4
k 0
n 2 k r n k
1 3
n
Ck 2k C 2r
2
4
Ratio of both expansions = 1
k r
1
3n r !r! 3n 1 3n 1 r r 1 3n r !r!
86. D We have
3n
Cr 3n ! 3n 2 3n 1!
3n 1 3n 1 r !r! 3n r ! r 1 !
3n 2 3n 1!
1 1 3n 1
3n 1 3n 1
Cr C r 1 3n 2
3n 1
1r 1 r 3n 1 r 1 1 1 3n 1
So, 3n 1 r 3n 1 3n 1
Cr 1 n 2
r 1 Cr r 1 Cr
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3n 1
2 3 ..... 3n 1
C1 C 2 C 2 C3 C3 C 4 C3n 1 C3n 3n 2
[Where Cr 3n 1 Cr ]
3n 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3n
....
3n 2 C1 C2 C3 C4 C3n 1 C3n C3n
3n 1 3n 3n
.
3n 2 3n 1 3n 2
r 4 r 3 2r 2 1 r 1 1 2r r 1 r
87. A
r 4 2
r 1 r r 2
4
r r 1 2 r r 1 2 2
2
r r 1 r r 1
r r 1
1 1 1 1 1
2
2
2 r r 1 r r 1
r r 1
Applying Vnmethod
1 3
1
2 2
259
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
88. D
We have to subtract the ways where more than two boys sit between two girls i.e.
Number of such ways = 5×3!×4!
5
Required number of ways 4! C3 5 3!
89. A Total 16 squares of unit diagonal length are obtained from the intersection of two given families of
straight lines. Out of these, squares of 2 unit diagonal length are 3 3 9
90. C Number of ways when the squares are alternating colour in first column is 28.
Number of ways when the squares in the first column are not alternating colour =28–2
Total number of ways = 29–2
91. C Odd number 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 even number 2, 4, 6, 8
If sum of numbers in each group is odd then it is possible only when one group should have 3 odd
numbers and remaining two groups should have 2 even and 1 odd number
3 5 2 4! 2!
This can be done in C1 C3 C1 360 ways
2! 2! 2!
93. C Number of ways octopus can put on his socks and shoes is equal to number of sequares of a1,
a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, b1, b2, b3, b4, b5, b6, b7, b8 such that a1 occurs before b1 i 1, 2,3,.......8
16!
Number of such sequences
2!8
260
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
Probability
94. B
1st 2 nd 3rd 4 th
8 8 2 1
Case -I W W R R
10 10 10 10
8 2 9 1
Case - II W R W R
10 10 10 10
R W W R 2 9 9 1
Case - III
10 10 10 10
Probability = 0.0434
95. D The sample space reduces to 64 2.54 44 302 . Favourable outcomes are all possible
41 6
orientations of 4, 2,3,3,i.e. 12 . Required probability is
21 151
96. D If the function is non-decreasing then f 1 f 2 f 3 ........ f 13 , all the values of set co-
domain are to be images of some numbers of domain. This implies that exactly 4 equalities should
hold in the inequality f 1 f 2 f 3 ....... f 13 , which can happen in 12
C4 ways.
However, if f(7) = 4 exactly 3 equalities should hold before f (7) and exactly one equality should
hold after f (7). This can occur in 6 C36 C1 ways.
6
C36C1
Therefore required probability is 12
C4
97. C It product of two numbers is equal to third number, then possibilities are
2, 3, 6 , 2, 4, 8 , 2, 5, 10
3 1
Pr obability 10
C3 40
3
1 3 1 1
98. A z z 3 3 z
z z z
1
Let z a
z
3
1 1 1 1 1
z z3 3 3 z z 3 3 3 z
z z z z z
261
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
a 3 2 3a
a 3 3a 2 0
a 2 a 12 0
1
a z 0
z
Range of a is [0, 2]
99. A Applying Rotation formula at P and B we get,
2i 2
p4
p2
2i 4
1 p 2i 2 2i 4 2 2i 4 4 2i 2
p
2i 8i 82
2 i 4i 42 2i 2i. So, z p b 0
2 2 2
4i 4 4 i 4i
2
z 0
100. C The given line can be written as y = x. Hence reflection is 3 + 2i
101. D
Centre becomes 3 3 3i and equation is z 3 3 3i 2
102. C Distance of z from 3, 0 is half that from imaginary axis
z moves on an ellipse with focus 3, 0 and corresponding directrix as imaginary axis z1, z2
are extremities of focal chord of contact of tangents from (0, 3).
arg
z 3
3i 3 2
z1 3
arg
z2 3
103. D
262
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
x y
M
y x
212
F : adj adj M 1 M 1 y 2 x 2 1
1
x 2 y2 1 G : Im z 1
2
1
Im x iy 1
2
1
Im x i y 1
2
1 1 3
y 1 y 1 y
2 2 2
H : Re z 2 lm z 0
Re x iy 2 I m z 0
x2 y 0
y x2
104. D Diagonal elements all O’s. For each member in upper , lowe member is fixed.
n n 1
So, number of such matrices is given by
3 2
3 because each element can be 0, 1 or –1
263
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
n n 1
because total elements (leaving diagonal) is upper is
2
n n 1
n 1 n 2 ..... 1
2
0 11 2005
105. B A 2005 6A 2004 AI 2004 A 6I 22004 22 22004 2 11 22004 11 2
2 2
n 12
adj adj A adj adj adj A adj adj A In A In
n 1
n 1
adj adj adj.........adj A adj adj adj......adj A A In
n 1times n times
A B
C D
107. A
4!
The first row can be filled in 6 ways
2!2!
3!
Then the first column can be filed in 3 ways
2!
Let A, B, C and D are four elements which are same
remaining elements can be filled in only one way
number of such matrices = 6.3.
If D is different from A, B, C, then other elements can be filled in 4 ways
total matrices 6 3 6 3 4 90
108. C Given A 2 A
I I 0.4A I A
I A 0.4A 0.4A
I A 0.4 0.4A
2
Hence 0.4 0.4
3
a a 1 a 1 a 1 b 1 c 1 a a 1 a 1 a 1 b 1 a
n n
b b 1 b 1 1 a 1 b 1 c 1 0 b b 1 b 1 1 b 1 b 1 b 0
110. B
c c 1 c 1 a b c c c 1 c 1 c 1 c 1 c
a a 1 a 1
b b 1 b 1 1 1
n
0 which is possible only when n is even.
c c 1 c 1
112. A
sp.v. of S pjˆ
p p p ˆ ˆ ˆ p
Equation of PQ ' ˆi ˆj k i j 2kˆ
2 2 2 2
265
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
piˆ pjˆ k 2iˆ
1 2
2
2p kp
sk 2
3 6
113. C Given r x y x
r y x 0
r y .x ... 1
Also, r y x y
r x xy 0
r x y 0 ..... 2
Solving (1) and (2), we get y x x y
2a b a b a b 2a b
2 1 2 .... 3
Also, 1 1 .... 4
1, 1
Point of intersection 3a
114. B
r1 3 a b , r2 b a b a
Clearly r1 r2 as r2 is coplaner with a b and r1 is at right angles to the plane a and b
2
r1 3 a b r1 3 a b a b
3 b a b
3 a a b b a b
2 2 2
2
Also r2 b a b a b a b a
266
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
2 2
a b
2 2 2
b 2 a b a a b a b
r
1 3
r2
Angles are , ,
2 3 6
115. B c xa xb y a b
2
a c b c cos a c x b cos c cos a b y a b
2
Now c 1 cos a b y a b cos a b y a b
1 cos 2 a b a b y2 a b a b
2 2 2 2
1 cos 2 a b y 2 a b
2 21 y2 2 1
1 2cos y cos 0 cos 2
2 2 2
1 1 3
cos ,
2 2 4 4
PM cos 2 ˆi sin 2 ˆj
cos 2 sin 2
MN
3 3
2
2 2 cos sin 4
PN 2 cos 2 sin 2 1
3
dl 5
0 tan 1 ,
d 4 4
2 2 1
Minimum PN
3
267
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
1
sin 2 sin 4....sin 1004 sin 1003 sin 1001... sin 0 Q P 1004
2
119. D A 2 sin 2 sin 3 B2 cos 2 cos 3
v n vn 1 1 U n 1
tan tan n
U n 1 n vn n
121. C
268
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
6 sin x 0, 6 sin x 1
7 cos x 8 0
then 7 cos x + 8=6 sin2 x
6cos2 x 7 cos x 2 0
2 1
cos x ,
3 2
No solution in 4th quadrant only two solutions
88
r 1 1
122. A 1
r 1 sin 2
r 1o sin 2 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
.... ...
sin 1 sin 3 sin 3 sin 5 sin 87 sin 89 sin 2 sin 4 sin 4 sin 6 sin 88 sin 90
1
[ cot 1 cot 3 cot 3 cot 5 .... cot 87 cot 89
sin 2
cot 2 cot 4 cot 4 cot 6 .... cot 88 cot 90
1 cot 2
2 cot 2 cot 2
sin 2 sin 2
123. D
269
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
1
The graph of sin sin x
1 1 1
Clearly , sin sin x cos cos x tan tan x
2 3
when x , , 2
2 3 2
sin x 1; cos x 1
x 4n 1 : x 2m
2
2m 4m
4n 1
4n 1
2
1 cos x 1 cos x
125. A 1
2 2
cos x cos x 0
x x
2 cos .cos 0
2 2
x x
2n 1 or 2m 1
2 2 2 2
x
2n 1 or x
2m 1
2 2
42
Product
2 2
270
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1 1 9 1 33 1 129
126. D We have tan 3 tan tan tan ...to n terms
2 4 8
n 1 1 2
tan tan 1 ...
2 3 9
n 1 2 1
tan 1 2 2
2 1 n
1 2 2
n 1
2n 1 tan 1 2n a 4
tan 2
1
..... tan 2n 1
2 1 1.2 1 2 2 1 2 1 4
cos 1 cos x x if 0 x
x 1 x 0x2
No solution
Number of solution is zero
1
128. C We have cos x 1 k cos x cos 2x 1 k cos 2 x cos x 0
129. B
a 2 b 2 4R 2
271
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
4R 2 sin 2 45 cos2 45 4R 2
a 2 b2 2R
130. C As 90
1 1
tan tan 2 cot cot 2 4 x x 2 2 4; let tan x
x x
1 1
As x 2 for x 0 and x 2 x 1
x x
d2
. Hence area of isosceles right-angled triangle
4 4
1 5
131. C a 24 a b b , c
2 12 12 9 36
1
s a b c
2 s
So 2 s s a s b s c
1
63 3 6
132. D In AMB
y a
sin 7 sin150
x 2a sin 7
using cosine rule in AMC ,
4a 2 sin 2 7 a 2 4a 2 sin 2 7
y2 a 2
ya
Hence –AMC 83°
133. C
134. B Let S x 2 y2 2gx 2fy c 0
272
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
2x 2y 9 0 ... 1
2g 2f 9 0
and the circle cuts orthogonally to the circle
x 2 y2 4 0 .... 2
2g 0 2f 0 c 4 ... 3
c=4
Substituting the value of g and c from (3) and (2) in (1) then
x 2 y 2 2f 9 x 2fy 4 0
x 2 y2 9x 4 2f x y 0
Required two fixed points are the points of intersection of circle
x 2 y 2 9x 4 0 and x y 0
1 1
Solving we get 4, 4 , ,
2 2
135. B
2 1 1 2 1 13
3 2 q 2 q 3 32 q 2 q
3
1 1 1
1
2 1 1 q 1 2 2 q 1 2 2 q
12
12
2 2 q 1 1 2 2 q 1 1
12
1
2
1 1
1
1
2
1
1 1
2
1
1
2
136. C log x 4 x 2 log x 2 x 4 1
2
t 1 t 2 t 2 0 t 2, 1
t
273
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
log x 4 x 2 2 of log x 4 x 2 1
x 2 9x 18 0 x 2 x 4 1
x 6, 3 x 2 6x 7 0
x 3 rejected
x 3 2 x 3 2 rejected
137. A Each of the products required in the problem is one of the learn in the expansion of following
product
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 .... 1 1
2 3 n
3 4 5 n 1
Which is 2 ... 1 n
2 3 4 n
Hence, required sum of the products =n
138. B
dy dx
This is the differential equation of the given family of straight lines (1). Replace by ,
dx dy
dx
the differential equation of required orthogonal trajectories is given by y b x a
dy
274
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
x a dx y b dy 0
2 2
x a y b c
Where, c being an arbitrary constant. The required locus is circle
140. B Let, 24 35 54 N
xy
N x N y N N 2
xy
x N X, y N Y
X Y N 2 28 310 58
Number of solutions 9 11 9 891
141. A We have
3p 2q 1
AR 3p 2q Internal division
3 2 5
3p 2q
and OS 3p 2q External division
32
Given OR OS OR OS 0
1
3p 2q 3p 2q 0
5
2 2
9 p 4 q 9p 2 4q 2
x xdy ydx y 2 dy
x
ydx xdy dy x d x dy
y2 y y y
Integrating, we get
x2
log e y c
2y 2
1
Given y 1 1 c
2
x2 1
2
loge y
2y 2
275
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
Now y x 0 e
x 02 1
loge e 0
2e 2 2
x 02 3e 2 x 0 3e
ydx xdy
143. A dy
y2
x x
d dy y c
y y
y 1 1
c2
y 2 2y x 0
y 3, 1
b
144. C As given f x dx b 1 sin 3b 4
1
Let us check all the alternatives
b
(A) x 1 cos 3x 4 dx
1
b
sin 3x 4 cos 3x 4
x 1
3 9 1
cos 3b 4 cos 7
3 3
(B) is not correct
276
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
b
(C) sin 3x 4 3 x 1 cos 3x 4 dx
1
f x 3 x 1 cos 3x 4 sin 3x 4
dy 75 74
25x 24 1 x 75x 25 1 x
dx
74
25x 24 1 x 1 x 3x 25x 24 1 x 74 1 4x
dy
For maximum value of y, 0
dx
x 0, 1, 1 / 4
x 1/ 4 0, 1
Also at x 0, y 0, at x 1, y 0, and at x 1/ 4, y 0
Max. value of y occurs at x = 1/4
1
146. A There is only one function in option (A) whose critical pt. 0, 1 for the rest of the parts
2
critical pt. 0 0, 1 . It can be easily seen that functions in options (B), (C) and (D) are continuous
on [0, 1] and differentiable in (0, 1)
1
2 x x 1/ 2
Now for f x
2
1
2 x x 1/ 2
277
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
1
f '
1 1
Here 2 1 and f ' 1/ 2 2 2 2 0
1
f '
2
f ' 1/ 2
f is not differentiable at 1/ 2 0, 1
1
Alternative Solution: Given f 0
2
1
f x f
1 2 1
L f' lim
2 x1 1
x
2 2
1
f x f
1 20
R f' lim
and 2 x1 1
x
2 2
1
f is not differentiable at x =
2
Hence LMV is not applicable in [0, 1]
In options (b), (c), (d) LMV is applicable as f is continuous in [0, 1], derivable in (0, 1).
x2
2 3
1 x 2 x2
147. D 1 1 1 ...... dx
0 1 2 3
(Expanding in powers of x)
1 1 1
I 2 .......
3.1 5 2 7 3
A x
148. D f x A sin x / 2 B f ' x cos
2 2
1 A
f ' cos 2 (Given)
2 2 4
278
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1
2A
A 4/ and f x dx
0
1
x 2A
A sin B dx
2
0
1
2A x 2A 2A 2A
cos Bx B
2 0
B0
x x
1
149. A g x cos t dt 4 cos 4 tdt
4
4
0 0
x x
1 1
1 cos 2t dt cos 2 2t 1 2 cos 2t dt
2
4 4
0 0
1
x x x
2
cos 2tdt dt 2 cos 2tdt
4
0 0 0
1 1
x x x
2
2 cos 2tdt dt 2 cos 2tdt
4 2
0 0 0
1 1
x x x
1 cos 4t dt dt 2 cos 2t dt
4 2
0 0 0
11 1 sin 4 x
x x sin 2 x
42 2 4
1 1 1 1
x sin 4 x x sin 2 x
8 32 4 4
3 1 1
x sin 4x sin 2x
8 32 4
3 3 1 1
g x x sin 4 x sin 2 x
8 8 32 4
g x g using i
279
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
1 dy 1
2y 2x
xy dx xy
1
2y
dy x y
dx 2x 1
xy
1 2
y '0 1
0 1
151. A, B, C Period cannot be rational number as solution is unique
5x 2
152. A, D
k x h g f x 8 x2
Domain of k x R 0, 2, 2 2
Range of k(x) is , 5 0, 5
or R 5, 0 5
1 , x 1
h x f x g x a 4 2x , 1 x 2
153. A, C, D
a b 1 x , 2 x
1 1
154. A, B, C
As lim 1 ln ln k 25
x1
2
x 1 lim
x1
1 ln x ln k 25
2 x1
2
lim ln x ln k 25
x 1
x 1 e
ln k 2 25
k 2 25
e
k 2 25 k 2sin 2 3cos 5
280
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
25
2 sin 2 3cos 5 k
k
25
k
k k 25 k 25 10
2 k k
But L.H.S. 10
So, both L.H.S. and R.H.S. should be equal to 10
t 2f x x 2f t
155. A L lim 1
t x tx
Applying L-Hospital’s rule:
2tf x x 2f ' t
L lim 1
t x 1
or 2xf x x 2 f ' x 1
Put f x y
2 dy
Then 2xy x 1
dx
dy 2xy 1 2 1
or 2
y 2
dx x x x
dy 2 1
y 2 Linear differential equation
dx x x
2
x dx 1
I.F. e
x2
1 1 1
y dx c
x2 x2 x2
y 1
c, As f 1 1 i.e. y 1, x 1
x2 3x 3
281
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
2
c
3
2 2 1
y x
3 3x
dy 2xy 1
Alternative solution :
dx x2
t
put xy=t i.e., y
x
dy 1 dt t 1 dt t 2t 1
2 2 2
dx x dx x x dx x x
dt 3t 1
dx x
dt dx
Now 3t 1 x
1
or ln 3t 1 ln x c or 3t 1 kx 3
3
kx 3 1
That is 3xy 1 kx 3 or y
3x
k 1
y 1 1 1 or k2
3
2 2 1
y x
3 3x
156. B, C, D f ' x 0 f x f ' x f ' x f " x 0
d
dx f x f ' x 0 f x f ' x
2 2 2 2
f 2 0 f 0 x 0
2
f x 0x 0
1 1 i 2 2
1 i 1 2 1 operating R1 R1 R 2 R 3
157. A
i i 1 1
0 0 0
1 i 1 2 1 0 as 1 2 0
i i 1 1
282
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1 1
cos x x ln x x dx cos x x ln x dx cos x dx
158. B, C x
v u u'
v'
cos x 1 ln x x ln x sin x x ln x
Now dx c
cos x2 cos
159. B, C I 3 sin 4sin3 esin cos d A sin3 B sin 2 C sin D cos B E esin F
Taking sin t
At 3 Bt 2 Ct B E e t F
I 3t 4t 3
t
e dt
f t
D = 0 as f (t) is a polynomial in t.
x2 y2 z2
160. D Let X, y, Z
a2 b2 c2
1 1 1
1 1 1
Coefficient matrix A is
1 1 1
A 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 4 0
Given system of equation has finitely many solutions.
283
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
P A B 1 P A B 1 0.61 0.39
x
1 1
163. A, C f x dx f ' x .1 0 f x f ' x 1
f x f x
a
f x f ' x dx
f x
2
1.dx
x c..... 1
2
1
1
Given f x dx 2 f 1 2
a
From (1),
f 1
2
1 c c 0
2
f x 2x
But f 1 2 f x 2x f 2 2
1 1
f ' x f ' 2
2x 2
1
23/2
f x dx 3
0
x2
f ' x f 1 2 2
2
284
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
dy cos x sin x
164. A, B, C y 2
dx sin x x
1 dy 1
y cot x cos ec x 2
sin x dx x
sin x
y csin x
x
As y 0 and x
c0
sin x
y
x
165. A, C Given integral equation is
x
y x 1 ln x 1 f x dx ..... 1
1
Differentiating both sides w.r.t. x, we get
dy 1
x 1 ln x 1 f x
dx x
dy 1
1 ln x 1 y
dx x
dy 1
y ln x .... 2
dx x
1dn e x
Which is a linear differential equatin with I. F e
x x 1
Solution of (2) is given by y e e ln x dx
x
Let x t
dx dt
1
ye t e t ln t dt ye t e t ln t
t
y ln 1 ce t
y ln x ce x
285
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
1 cos x 1
1 2 sin x cos x 1
3 sin x cos x 1
sin x cos x 1 is true only when sin x 0, cos x 1 or sin x 1, cos x 0
Only solution are x 0, 2, 4,......etc
x y 1 7x y 5
167. A, C Equation of bisector is given by
2 5 2
or 2x 6y 0; 6x 2y 5
Line parallel to this and passing through 1, 3 are x 3y 8 0 and 3x y 6 0
8 16 6 12
Solving these lines with y 2x we get , and ,
5 5 5 5
168. A, D a is the least side
order of AP can be b, c, a or c, b, a
Case I : If 2c a b
b2 c2 a 2
cos A
2bc
2
b 2 c 2 2c b 4c 3b
2bc 2c
Case II : If 2b a c
2
b 2 c 2 2b c 4c 3b
cos A
2bc 2c
P A B
169. A, C A) P A / B and P A B 1
P B
P A P B P A B 1
P A B P A P B 1
P A B P A P B 1
is true
P B P B
286
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
P A P B 1
P A / B
P B
(B) P A B P A P A B
incorrect.
P A B 1 P A P B or 1 P A B
So this is correct
x 2 sin 2 cos2 2 h tan h 'cot xy cos2 sin 2 y 2
The above equation will represent a circle if sin 2 cos 2 cos 2 sin 2
1 sin 2 cos 2 0 1 or
4
h tan h ' cot 0
h tan h ' cot which is satisfied if 1 and h h'
4
171. B, C, D
Let x1, y1 at , 2at
2
Tangent at this point is ty x at 2
h at 2
Any point on this tangent is h,
t
h at 2
hx
t
y
y a 2 or aty a 2 h x 0
t
a a
So, the fixed point is 2 ,
t t
287
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
a a
x2 2
, y2
t t
x1 4 y1
Also, x t 2t 2
2 y2
2
x y
4 1 1 0
x 2 y2
172. A, B, C
Circle on PQ as diameter
x t12 x t 22 y 2t1 y 2t 2 0
x 2 y 2 t12 t 22 x 2 t1 t 2 y t12 t 22 4t1t 2 0
t1 t 2
Put 1 and t1t 2 1
2
Hence equation of circle become
x 2 y 2 6x 4y 3 0 ..... 1
With centre (3, 2) and radius 4
Equation (1) is not orthogonal to x 2 y 2 2x 6y 3 0
173. C Shifting the origin at vertex equation of perpendicular bisector of the focal chord is
y 2 t1 t 2
1
3
x t12 t 22 ; where t1 t 2
2
3
Putting y = 0
R is t12 t 22 2 3 t1 t 2
22
3
16
RS
3
P A B
174. A, C A) P A / B and P A B 1
P B
P A P B P A B 1
288
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
P A B P A P B 1
P A B P A P B 1
is true
P B P B
P A P B 1
P A / B
P B
(B) P A B P A P A B
incorrect.
P A B 1 P A P B or 1 P A B
So this is correct
175. A, B, D Any point on the line through P , 2 is r cos , 2 r sin and meets the ellipse
x 2 y2
1 at A and D
9 4
2 2
r cos
2 r sin
1
9 4
4 cos2 9 sin 2 r 2 4 2 cos 9sin r 4 2 0
4 2
PA PD
4 cos 2 9sin 2
Again solving with xy 0
2
PB PC
sin cos
4 2 2
2 2
4 cos 9sin sin cos
2 sin 2 5 cos 2 13
13
1 1 6
2
4x 25
289
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
176. C, D
2 2
2
b2 4
3
b2 4 e
2
x 0 y2
Focus lies on the line 1 1 at a distance are units from centre.
2 2
x 0 y2
2 3
1 2
2 2
x, y
6, 2 6 or 6, 2 6
177. A, B, C Any tangent to xy 4 sin 2 is y mx 4 sin m
If it is normal to any circle of given family it will pass through the centre of the circle i.e. (1, 1)
1 m 4 sin m
m2 2 8 sin 2 1 m 1 0
for non real roots D < 0
1 1 1
sin 2 or sin
4 2 2
5 7 11
0, , , 2
6 6 6 6
1 c c
178. 1; x xt1 x ct 2 y y 1 t1t 21
t1t 2 t1 t2
x 2 y 2 2c t1 t 2 x y 0
S L 0
Hence, we get (c, c) and (–c, –c)
179. A, B, C If P x, y, z then the figure
x r sin sin
290
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
y r sin sin
z r cos
1 r sin cos
2 r sin sin
3 r cos
12 22 33 r 2
r 14
sin sin
1
14
r 14 & are acute
2
sin sin
14
3
cos
14
sin sin 2 5
tan 2, Also tan
sin cos 1 3
180 A, C, D Let f x 2x a 3x b 3x b 4x c 4x c 2x a 0
a 3a a b c
f b 2a c 0 sin ce
2 2 2 3 4
b 4b 2b
f c a 0
3 3 3
a b
Since f f 0
2 3
a b
one real root between ,
2 3
Both roots are real
Equation is quadratic in nature
c
Also, f 0
4
b c b c
f f 0 other between ,
3 4 3 4
291
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
181. A, B, D Given a b c, a, b, c R
a 2 b 2 c2
4
ab bc ca
and since a b c
2 2 2
a b b c c a 0
a 2 b2 c2
1
ab bc ca
a 2 b2 c2
1, 4
ab bc ca
2 sin 2 x 2 cos2 x 3
292
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1 cos
cos / 8 / 4 4 /40
2
3
f / 6 cos sin 1 0
6 3 2 3
183. B, D xP x n x 1 P x
P 1 n 0, P 0 0 and n 1 P n 0
either n 1 or P n 0
If n 1, then xP x 1 x 1 P x
Px x
i.e.
P x 1 x 1 clearly P(x) = kx is a possible solution
Thus P(x) may be equal to 2x, –2x
184. B, C a n/2 and a n 1/2 are both 1, Note that the number of ways to choose numbers left of a and
n/2
a n 1 a1 a 2 a 3...a n ; a n 1 is same as that f right. We started with 9
2 2 2
n 9 8C4 70 rejected
n 10 9 C4 126 rejected
n 11 10 C5 252
n 12 11C5 462
n 13 12 C6 924 rejected
185. B, C, D Coefficient x k a k n 1 Ck 1
n n 1
a n 2 n 1 Cn 1
2
n
a k n 1 C1 n 1 C2 ... n 1 Cn 1 2n 1 1
k 0
293
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
n
a p a p 1 p
2
a 9 2 a 8 2 n 2 C10 n 1 C10 n 1 C9
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
186. A, B, C .... 1 ... 1 ....
n 1 n 2 2n 2 3 2n 2 n
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 .... 1 ... 1 ....
3 2n 1 2 2 n 2 n
1 1 1 1 1
1 ...... a 2n
2 3 4 2n 1 2n
1 1 1
....
Also a 2n n n n 1
n time
1 1 1 1
a 2n ....
2n 2n 2n 2
an
2 an
an
an
2 32 2 3
4 an x
2
4 an an x 2
3 0 3 an
2
4 2 2
An an
3
As a1 ,a 2 .....a n are in G.P
a12 ,a 22 ........a n2 are in G.P
A1 ,A 2 .....A n are in G.P
188. A, B, D since each tennis player played (n–1) games x1 y1 n 1i. Altogether there are as many
victories as losses, hence x1 x 2 ..... x n y1 y 2 ... y n
We have x12 x 22 ..... x n2 y12 y22 y32 ..... y n2
x1 y1 x1 y1 x 2 y 2 x 2 y 2 .... x n y n x n y n
294
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
n 1 x1 y1 x 2 y 2 ... x n y n
n 1 x1 x 2 .... x n y1 y 2 .... y n 0
Hence, option (C) is also correct.
189. A, B, C The sequence of two horses reachng the finishing line can be 2 or 1+1
Number of ways = 1+2! = 3
The sequence of three horses reaching the finishing line and number of ways are
shown below 3 1way
2 1 3 C2 3 ways
1 2 3 C1 3ways
1+1+1
3! 6
Hence , H 3 1 3 3 6 13
The sequence of four horses reading the finishing line and number of ways are shown
below 4 1 ways
3 1 4 C3 ways
1 3 4 C1 ways
2 2 4 C2
4!
2 1 1 3! ways
2!1!1!2!
1 1 1 1 4!ways
Hence, H 4 1 4 4 6 36 24 75
190. A, B, D Blank plane is one region
Every line adds are region to the plane
Every point of intersection in plane adds one more region.
n2 n 2
Hence, Pn 1 n C2 n
2
191. B, C, D Any selection of 6 has to contain at least one couple as there are only 5 couples.
10 9 8 7
Total number of ways of selecting 6 out of 10 = C6 210
10
4 3 2
Exactly one couple = 5 C1 24 80 (choose couple and then 1 partner out of the remaining 4
couples)
Exactly 2 couple and 3 men and 3 women 5 C2 3 C1 2 C1 60 [Choose 2 couples and couple
from which to choose man and couple from which to choose woman.)
295
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
192. B, C, D Number of natural numbers between 100 and 1000 which can be formed with the digits 1,2,3,4,5,
6, 7 if each digit is used atmost once 7 6 5 210
Option (B) 12 C3 5 C3 210
Option (C) 10 C4 1 210
Option (D) 10 C4 210
193. C, D P A B ' 1 P A B
1 P A P B P A B
1 P A P B P A P B
Also P A B P A P B P A P B
P A B P A P B
P A B P A P B
P A / B P A
P B P B
4
C3 11 C5 1 8
194. A, C, D Probability that 9 one examined is the last defective
th
15
C8
7 195
195. A, C Applying C1 C1 C2
2 cos2 4 sin 4
2 1 cos 2 4sin 4 0
1 cos2 1 4sin 4
Now R 2 R 2 R1 and R 3 R 3 R1
2 cos 2 4sin 4
0 1 0 0
1 0 1
2 4 sin 4 0
n
4 n 1 , n Z is the general solution
6
296
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
Given lies in the interval 0 and
2
7 11
and for n 1 and n 2
24 24
196. A, B, C, D Let w be the event that the ball drawn is white
x
Then P w y
x x 1 yx x x
When, ball is lost P w y y 1 y y 1 y
x
C 2 x 2 x C1y x C1 x 1 y x C 2 x x
When 2 balls is lost P w y
C2 y 2
y
C2 y 2
y
C2 y 2 y
x
Similarly for n 3, P w y
1
197. A, B Given z1 z 2 z 3 1 z1 z etc
1
z12 z 22 z32
Also z z z z z z 1 0 z1 z 2 z3 z1z 2 z3 0
3 3 3
2 3 1 3 1 2
z1 z 2 z3 3z1z 2 z 3 4z1z 2 z 3
3 3 3
z z 2 3 z1z 2 4z1z 2 z 3
z 3 3z z1z 2 4z1z 2 z 3
1 1 1
z 3 z1z 2 z 3 3z 4 z1z 2 z 3 3z z1 z2 z3 4
z1 z 2 z 3
z 3 z1z 2 z3 3 z 4
2
3 2
z 3 z 4 ....(1)
2
Now if z
3
297
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
Then z 3 3 z 2 4 z 3 3 z 2 4 0
z
2
z 2 z z 2 2 z 2 0 z 2 z 2
z 2 0
z 2 z 2 z 2 z 1 0
2
Now if 0 z , then equation(1) becomes
3
3 2 3 2
z 43 z z 3 z 40
z
2
z 1 4 z z 1 4 z 1 0
z 1 z 4 z 4 0
2
z 1 z 2 0
2
z 1 or z 2 rejected
z
Re 0 ; Re z 0
Re z 0
z z
Also 0
z z 0
2
z z 2 0
298
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
v u z u z
199. A, B w
uz 1 uz 1
Let , w 1
u z u 1 ; u z uz 1
u z u z uz 1 uz 1
2
u 1 z 1 1 2
2
z 1 0
200. A, B A B A
1 0 0
A 0 0 1 0 1
0 0 1
A A A A o 1
A 1 A
201. A, C f x f x
202. A, B, C, D ˆ .ˆ x ˆ .ˆ y ˆ .ˆ zˆ ˆ ˆ
x cos ,similarly y cos
ˆ . ˆ ˆ z ˆ ˆ . ˆ ˆ
ˆ ˆ ˆ
z
1 0 cos
ˆ ˆ ˆ 0
2
1 cos 1 2 cos 2
cos cos 1
203. C, D Since a b c 0
Also, d.a d.b d.c 0
d.x d.y d.z 0
d.r 0
1
A2 A 1 A 2
n 1 2n 1 2n 1 n 1 1 n 2 2n 2
204. A, B, C B A 2n A 2 2 A2 A 2 2
299
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
A
2 n 2
1 1 2 n 2
A
So B= C
(B – C) = null B C B C 0 det. B C 0
A,B,C are collect answer
205. B, D A tan1 1 and sin1 < 1, then logsin1 tan1 0
B1 tan 3 1 and cos1 1, then log cos1 1 tan 3 0
C cos sec 2 and log10 5 1, then log tan cos sec 0
105
206. A, B x 1 0
1 1
x 81, ,2 ; x
3 3
x 2,81
207. B, C For x 0, 2 sin x 1
4
cos 2 x 2sin 2 x
1 1
sin 2 x sin x
3 3
1
x sin 1 ,
3 4
B C
208. A, C BD CD r cot cot
2 2
BC
sin
r 2 4R sin A sin B C
B C 2 2
sin sin
2 2
300
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
BC BC
4R cos sin
2 2
2R sin B sin C b c
B r
tan
2 BD
B
BD r cot
2
C
CD r cot
2
A B C
Using r 4R sin sin sin
2 2 2
log10 x 7
209. A, C x
4
10log10 x 1
Taking log both sides on base, we get
log10 7
4 log10 x log10 x 1 log10 10
Put, log10x= t
t 7 t 4t 4
t 4,1
x 104 ,10
2m 2 2 2m m m2 0 m 2 m 2 2 0
2
m m
2 0
m 1 1 8 1 9 1 3 m
2,1
2 2 2
m m m m
If 2 if 1 . Then 2 if 1
m n m n
2 1 1 1 1 2
301
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
1 2 1 1 1 2
Direction cosines are 6 , 6 , 6 ; 6 , 6 , 6
1 1
2
211. A, B, C f x tan 1 x 4 x 2 2 tan 1 tan 1 x 2 tan 1 2 for f to be subjective
4 2
tan 1 2 1
So, tan1
x 2 ; 0 x 1
212. A, B, C, D f f x 2 x ; 1 x 2
4 x ; 2 x 3
x3 1 for x 0
213. A, B 1 x 2 x 2 for 0 x 2
4
7 x3 for x 2
f x f x 2n 0 f x f x 2n
x 3 x 30 0 x 3 x 2 3x 10 0
x3
302
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
a4 4
216. A, C, D f ' x 5 1 x 3
1 a
If f(x) is decreasing for all x
a4
1 must be negative
1 a
a4
If a >1 then 1 a 1 must be negative, if a 4,1 then on squaring the inequality
a4 a4
1 1
1 a 1 a
2
a 2 3a 3 0
3 21 3 21
a , ,
2 2
3 21
Since a 4,1 was assumed, we get a 4, 2
3 21
Combining the solution of two cases, we get a 4, 1,
2
sin x x 1 x x2
f 0 1 as 3
.....
x 6 4! 5!
f 0 2 2; 3
b 1 a2 1 a2
218. A, B, C f x a 2 b 2 b 2 a 2 sin x c bsin x c where tan
ab a
f x max g x min c b c b 2b
Also, cos 1 a
at x = - cos–1a
f(x) = c
0 , x 0
219. B, D f x
1 , x 0
0 , x 0
f f x
1 , x 0
303
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
1
m m
lim 8x 3 mx 2
1 3
220. A, B
3
nx lim 2x 1 nx lim 2x 1 nx
x x
8x x
24x
m
lim 2 n x
x 12
For limit to exists 2- n = 0
m
n 2 and 1
12
m 12
m 12
6
n 2
1
221. A, B, D If 1 x 1 then 0 x sin x and so
2
f x x sin x 0
(By definition of the greatest integer function)
f x x sin x 0 when 1 x 1
If 1 x 1 h , where h is a small positive real number, then
x h
1 x sin x 0
1 x sin x 0
Thus, f(x) is constant and equal to zero in 1, 1 and so f(x) is differentiable and
1 1 1
x x x
x4 x3 x x x 1
222. C, D x 2x 1 x 3 1 2
6 2
1
3
1 3 x 1 3 x 1 6
x 3 x 2 3 x
x x x x
223. A, C Simplify f x 0 h x g x
h ' x 3x 2 6 h" x 6x h" and h ' x 0 h x is increasing
24 4
304
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
224. A, D x t 2 dx 2tdt
2tdt dt dt 1 2
1 t 1 t
6 7
I 2
1 1 t 1 t 1
8 7 2
3 7
Put,sin t
cos d dt
I 4 t 3 3t 2 5t 5 e1
1 x 1 x
1 1 1 1
x x dx x dx x x dx x 2 dx
0
2 0
2 0
2 0
x8 4
227. A, B, C, D f x dx,f 0 0
x 4 2x 2 2
x 8 4 4x 4 4x 4 x 4 2x 2 2 x 4 2x 2 2 x5 2 3
x 4 2x 2 2
dx x 4 2x 2 2
dx x 2x c
5 5
f 0 0 c 0 c 0
x 5 2x 3
f x 2x
5 3
f x is an odd function, its range is R, has at least one real root, is mootonic
x 1
I dx
228. A, D 2 1
x 3
2 2
x x
2 1
Put 2 t2
x x2
2 2 t
2 3 dx 2t dt I dt
x x t
I = t+ c
305
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
2 1
I 2 c
x x2
2x 2 2x 1
t c
x
2
229. A, B I n cos n xdx
0
2
cos n 1 x.cos x dx cos n 1 x sin x
0
2
n 1 cosn 2 x sin x sin xdx
0
2
n 1 cos n 2 x 1 cos 2 x dx
0
I n n 1 I n 2 n 1 I n
nIn n 1 I n 2
n In 2 In In 2 ; Clearly I n 2 I n
Also for 0 x ; 0 cos x 1 ; So, cos n x cos n 1 x ; I n I n 1
2
2 2 2
1 1
2cos 2 x dx 1 cos 2x dx
2
I 4 cos 4 xdx
2
0
40 40
n
1 2 1 cos 4x 1 1 1 2 3
1 2cos 2x dx x sin 2x x sin 4x
4 0 2 4 2 8 0 16
cot 1
tan x
230. A, B, D I dx ....1
tan 1
tan x cot x
cot 1
cot x
dx .... 2
tan 1
tan x cot x
2I cot 1 tan 1 I tan 1
4
3
Now, tan 1 tan 1 1
2 2 2 2 4 4
4
231. A, D a b 2 and a
0
x bx dx 8 implies 2a 3b 3 . Solving a–3 and b = –1
306
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
4
32
233. A, B, C Total area = 2 xdx 3
0
8
Area of each part =
3
4 4 4
A3 A4
x b dx 8
b x dx ab 0 ;
3 xdx
8
3
a 3 16
0 a a
dx 2yIny y x
234. B, C, D
dy y
dx 1
x 2 In y 1
dy y
x y In y
307
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
235. B, C tan x since at , tan x is discontinuous so
2
x
1
(B) Let t sin t dt y
0
dy 1
Now x sin for 0 x
dx x
Now it can be seen that the function is differentiable in x thus this function is continuous in the limit
0, so it exists.
(C) This is also possible as both the functions are continuous in the interval
3
And at x
4
2
lim f x lim 2 sin x
3 3 9
x x
4 4
2 3 1
2sin 2sin 2 1
9 4 6 2
3
Thus function is continuous at x . So this function is continuous.
4
x sin x, 0x
f x 2
(D) sin x x
2 2
This function is not continuous at x ,
2
lim x sin x
2
x
2
lim sin x
x 2 2
2
308
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
dy
c cos x ... 2
dx
from(2)
2
dy
c cos x
2 2
.... 3
dx
2
y dy
Putting c from 1 , y 2 cot 2 x
sin x dx
dy
Eliminating from (1) and (2) , y cot x
dx
Finding value of c from (2) and eliminating with help of (3), we get
2 2
dy dy
sec x y 0
2
dx dx
237. B, C Since roots are imaginary. So, discriminant < 0
dy
238. A, B, D ex . y.c x ex f x
dx
y.e x e x f x dx c
y.c x e x .c x dx c, 0 x 2
x 1
lim x lim e2 ce x
x 2
e x 2
c2
x 1 e x , 0 x 2
y 2 x
e 2e , x2
xdy ydx 2
239. A, C 2
1 2 dx
x x
y 2
x c
x x
y x 2 2 cx
309
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
f 1 1 c 2
f x x 2 2x 2
2
y y
240. C, D a 4 0
x x
y
Let m
x
m 2 am 4 0
Roots of the equationare , 4
4 2 4 1
5 a a 5
241. A, D Let the equation of line is x y k 0
k3
3 2 k 3 6 k 3, 9
2
242. A, C Lines making equal angles with two lines say, L1 = 0 and L2= 0 are parallel to the angle bisector
of L1 = 0 and L2 = 0
243. A, C Let sides of is a
Let BD = x, AD = a- x
'CE y, and AE a y
i.e, DE 2 x 2 y 2 a 2 ay ax xy ....(2)
3xy
From equation (1) and (2), we get a x y
310
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
2y x
Substituting this value of a for AD and AE, we have AD = a-x= x x y
AD 2y x 2y x
As x DB AE ay y
DB x y xy
AE 2y x AD AE
y EC 1
CE x y DB CE
C1C 2 r1 r2 . Hence, circle touch each other externally and B and C are correct.
x cos y sin
245. A, D Equation of tangent 1 passing through (4,2)
4 2
n
So sin cos 1 ; , n z
2
1
246. A, B Equation of tangent to x y is y mx m
2 2
......1
4
1
Equation of tangent to x 2 y is y x 2 m ...... 2
2 2
4
Equation (1) and (2) are identical m 0 or 4
Common tangents are y = 0 and y = 4x - 4 = 4(x-1)
1
y mx
m
This line also be tangent to the parabola x 2 32y then meets parabola in two coincident points
1
so x 32 mx
2
has equal roots.
m
32 1 1
32m
2
4.1 ; m 2 ; m
m 8 2
Hence equation of common tangent is x + 2y + 4 = 0
Given equation is Ax By C 0
A.B.C = 8
C3 43 A2 13 1
8 ;
A 3 B3 I3 23 B.C 2.4 8
248. B, D Circle with diameter as SR will touch the auxiliary circle.
249. A, B Both the ellipse have their centre at (0,0). The major axis of first is along x- axis and in case the
311
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
two ellipses meet in four distinct points, then the major axis of second ellips should be along y-
axis. This will be possible if a 2 1 or b2 5b 7 1
b 2 5b 6 0 ; b 2 b 3 0 ; b 2 or b 3 ; b 2,3
2 2 1 2
250. A, D Let P 2t1 , and Q 2t 2 , ; M PQ 1 t 2 ; Q , 2t1
t1 t2 t1 t1
2 2
Circle with PQ as diameter is x 2t1 x t y t y 2t1 0
1 1
2
x 2 y 2 8 2t1 x y 0
t1
b2
251. B, C, D L ae, , N L ;ax sec by cos ec a 2 b 2
a
b2 b
ae a cos , bsin e cos , sin
a a
Let S : xy = 9
9b
Solving N1 with S1 we get ax sec cos ec a 2 b 2
x
ax 9b a
. a 2 b2 ; x 2 ac3 x 9e 0 x1x 2 9e
e x b
3e
If x1 6, x 2 where is eccentricity of ellipse
2
81
m OP .m OQ 0
x1 x 2
2
b c
252. A, B , .
a a
Now, 0 1 1 and 0 1 1
1 1
How 1 0 also 1 0
4 4
1
0 1 1 , is distinct
16
c b c 1 a2
0 1 0 c 1 b c
a a a 16 16
312
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
a2
c a b c N 1 a 5
16
Also, b 2 4ac 0 b2 20c b 5 and min i value of c 1
abc 25 log s (abc 2
253. A, C, D Let 3x t x 0 1 1
2a 4 t 2 2a 3 t 1 0
1 5 2a 5
1 1 0 a 2,
2a 4 2a 4 2
254. A, C Let the digits are a1 3d,a1 d,a1 ,a1 d
a1 d a1 a1 3d
2
2B1
d
3
If a1 3,d 2
Number is 9135
x 3 3x 2
255. A, B p for x 1 ............ 1
2
3
Let x 0, p 0 , p 0 p 2
3
Which shows p x p 0 is divisible by x x 2
Since, p x p 0 3x 4x 3 p x ............ 2 x 1
x 3 3x 2
px p
2
x 3 3x 2 x 3 3x 2
3 4 3x 4x 3
2 2
x 3 3x 2
p1 x p1
2
p1 x p1 0 3x 4x 3 p 2 x
313
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
p x p 0 3x 4x 3 p1 0 3x 4x 3 p 2 x
p x p 0 3x 4x 3 p1 0 3x 4x 3 p 2 x
2
256. A, B, C z n z1 z n z n 1 .... z3 z 2 z 2 z1
z n z1 z n z n 1 z n 1 z n 2 ..... z 3 z 2 z 2 z1
2 2 2 2 2
z 2 z1 z 3 z 2 .... z n z n 1 z z n 1 z n 1 z n 2 .... z 2 z1 z n z1
n
n 1 n 1 n 1
2
2 2 2
z 2 z1 z3 z 2 ... z n z n 1 1
z n z1
2
n 1
ve, when a 1 , n 2k
ve, when a 1 , nN
S 1 a 2 a 1
n n
ve, when a 1 , n 2k 1
0, a 1
3k 1 4.3k 1
Tk
259. A, C, D 1 3 32...3k 1 1 3 32 ....3k 3k 1 3k 1 1
2 1 1 2 1 1
Tk k k 1 ; Sn n 1
3 3 1 3 1 3 2 3 1
2
S
3
1 1 x n 1
n
1 x x x .... x
n
260. B, C 2 3
1 x
n x
1 1 1 n 1
1
1 x x 2 x 3 .... x dx
n
dx 1 dx
0 0
1 x 0
1 x
1
x n 1
X In2 dx
0
1 x
314
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1
1
X n 1 1
Where 2 n 2 1 x dx 2 n 1
0
1 5x 6x 1 2x 1 3x
2 1
261. B, C
1 3 2
1 2z 1 3x 1 3x 1 2x
3 1 3x 3x 3x ..... 2 1 2x 2x ....
2 3 2
Coefficient of x n is 3.3n 2.2n 3n 1 2n 1
262. B, C Given 1000 C950 2999 C949 3998 C948 .... 51950 C950
1 x 51 1 1 x 950
Then S 1 x
951
51
x2 x
1002 C952
2
264. A, C, D L n 2sin since non- zero roots are (n+1)th roots of unity except 1
n 1
265. A, B, C Condition implies z1 z 2 z 3
1 i 3
266. B, C z 4 4
2
n 1
267. B, C If n is odd 2. 2 C
2
n n
If n is even 2 1 C 2 C
2 2
315
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
100!
268. A, C Number of groups =
501250
2050 2050
269. A, B, C E17 2050! 2 ... 120 7 0 0 ...
17 17
So in 2050! exponents of prime 17 are 127.
So n can be 125, 126 and 127 so answers are (A, B, C)
3
271. B, C We have 1 1 1 1
4
1
1 y 1 2
2
2
1 1 1 3
5
1 2 54 1 1 1 7
2 5 10 10 2 5 10
3 7 1 3 3 27
4 10 10 4 5 20
2
27 7
2 2 2 2 1
2
20 5
272. A, C Let r be the vector in the plane of b and c
r ˆi 2jˆ kˆ ˆi ˆj 2kˆ 1 ˆi 2 ˆj 1 2 kˆ
r.a
Now projection of r on a a
1 2 ; 1, 3
r 2iˆ 3j 3kˆ and 2iˆ ˆj 5kˆ
316
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
273. A, B, C a b c 1
a.c b.c
cos a.c b.c
a.c b.c
a.b 0
a.c .a.a .a.b .a. a b cos
Similarly, b.c cos
2
1 c.c 2 2 2 a b
2 2 2
2 2 2 a . b a.b 2 2 2
ab
a b a b sin sin .... 1
a b
a.b
a.b a b cos cos ..... 2
a b
From (1) and (2)
sin 2 cos 2 1 a b a.b a b
2 2 2 2
1
If 4 , then sin cos
2
a b a b
ab and a.b
2 2
a b a.b
a b
a b a b sin nˆ nˆ or a b a.b nˆ
2
275. A, C Four point A, B, C, D are coplanar if three vector AB,AC, AD are coplanar or STP of there
vectors is 0
AB. AC AD 0
1 0 0
3 f 1 1 0t R
2 f ' t 2
f t 2f t
317
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
f t ce 2t
Similarly for B ˆi ˆj differential equation will be f ' t 2 f t 4
On solving f x 2 ce 2x ,c R
1
276. A, B, C Volumn of ABCD = AD BC AC V
6
1
6
1 1
V AD BC . AC .sin 45o AD AD, BC BC, AC AC
3 2
AC
So, AD. BC. 1
2
AC AC AC
3 AD BC 3 AD.BC. 3 equality holds if and only if AD BC 1
2 2 2
So, AD is perpendicular to the face ABC
DC AD 2 AC 2 3
277. A, C Let the equation of plane be x my nz 0 where , m, n be direction cosines . So,
2 m2 n 2 1 ........ 1
x 1 y 3 z 1
Since , plane is parallel to line
2 1 2
So, 2 m 2n 0 ..... 2
Perpendicular distance of point (1, –3S, –1) from plane
3m n 5
x my nz 0 0 is ..... 3
m n
2 2 2 3
3 x 3 x 4 4 x 2 x 4 5 x 2 x 3 gx
279. C, D f x
x 2 x 3 x 4 x 2 x 3 x 4
318
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
Root of f(x) = 0 are the roots of g(x) = 0 so one root in between 2 and 3 and another between
3 and 4.
x y z
280. A, B, C Let k x k, y 2k,z 3k
1 2 3
Put in 32 x 3 1 2 y z 3 32 k 3 1 2 2k 3k 3
3
k ...... 1
3 6 1 2 3
2
Put in 6 2 x 3 1 2 y 2z 6
6 2 k 3 1 2 2k 2.3k 6
k 6 2 6 1 2 6 6
6
k ......... 2
6 6 1 2 6
2
3 6
From equation (1) and (2) , we get 32 6 1 2 3 6 2 6 1 2 6
2 1 3 2 0 2, 1
2 2
281. A, D
cot12o.cot 24o.cpt48o cot 28o.cot 60o 28o cot 60o 28o cot12o cot 48o cot 24o.cot 84o
282. B, C f x 2x a
At 2, 4 ; P x 4 a
equation of normal at (2,4) is
1
y 4 x 2
4 a
Let point of intersection with x and y axis be A and B respectively then
4a 18
A 4a 18,0 ,B 0,
a4
9
Hence a as
2
1 4a 18
Area of triangle 2 4a 18 a 4 2
319
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
17
4a 17 a 5 0 ; a 5 or
4
283. A, B, D
284. A, C A 3 B3 C3 A3 B3 C3 3ABC A B C A 2 B2 C 2 AB BC CA
then det
A 3
B3 C3 .det A B C det(A B C)2 .det A B 2 C det A B 2 C
det(A B C) . det A B 2 C 0
2 2
cos 2 1 sin 2 1 cos 2 2sin 2 2 cos 2
2 4 4
286. A, B, C, D 4sin 3x 5 4cos 2x 5sin x
4 3sin x 4sin 3 x 5 4 1 2sin 2 x 5sin x
4sin x 1 sin x 1 0
2
xR
320
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
288. B, C Let r1 and r2 be radii of circls touching the given circles externally and internally respectively In
OBL
LB r
cos B
OB r2 r
3 r 2r 2 3
r2 r ; r2 r
2 r2 r 3 3
2 3 2 3
Also r2 2r, r2 2r
3
r
3
a b c d
a b c d
tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 x x tan 1 x x
289. B, C, D x x 2 x x ab cd
1 2 2 1 2
x x
tan 1
a b x cot 1 c d x a b x x 2 cd
x 2 ab x 2 cd x 2 ab x d x
x 4 ab ac ad bc bd cd x 2 abcd 0
1
0 and x 2 x 3 x 4 x 3 x 4 x1 x 4 x1 x 2 x1 x 2 x 3 x1x 2 x 3 x 4
x1
290. A, C 180o 2
a a a
By sine rule sin A 2R, R 2sin 180o 2 2 2 cos ec2
321
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
a b
Also, cos , R b cos cosec2 cos ec
2b 2
1 1
Also, b sin 180 2 b sin 2
2 o 2
2 2
b 2 sin 2
Also, r
s a 2b 2b cos 2b 4b 1 cos
b sin 2
r
4 1 cos
291. A, C sin 2x sin 4x 2sin 3x 0 2sin 3x.cos x 2sin x 2sin 3x 0 2sin 3x cos x 1 0
Either, sin 3x 0 or cos x 1
3x n
n
x ; x 2n ; n 1
3
g x g x g x g x 0
g x is an odd function
Also g4(x) is an odd function (where g4(x) is fourth derivative of g(x)
g4 x g4 x 0
322
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
3 3
2 sin sin 2 4sin cos 4sin cos
2 2 10 10
4sin cos 4cos cos a
2 5 10 5 10
0 a
B B is skew symmetric
a 0
B a 2 16cos 2 cos 2 0 B is non sin gular
5 10
cos sin sin cos
295. A, C sin A and cos A
sin cos cos sin
sin A cos 2 sin 2 1
Hence, sin A is invertible
cos sin cos sin 1 0
Also, sin A sin A sin cos sin
T
1
sin 0 1
Hence, sin A is orthogonal
cos sin sin cos sin 2 1
Also, 2sin A cos A 2 sin cos cos sin 2 cos 2 0 sin 2A
296. A, D Let xlogb a y
y 2 5y 6 0 ; y = 2, y = 3
x bloga 2 , x 3loga b
log e 5 log e 6
297. A, C log 4 5.log 5 6 . log 4 6
log e 4 log e 5
1 2
2 1 2 log 2 6 1
2
1
log 3 2
log 2 3
323
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
298. B, D The sine curve chord going two points on the curve lies below the curve, hence (A) cannot be
true. In log curve also, the same pattern is following but in tan curve and x2 curves opposite
pattern is followed.
299. A, C log x 2 x 4 0
x 2 x 4 1
Case (I): x– 4 > 0
x 2 x 4 1 ; x 3 2
x 3 2
x 3 2
Case (II) : If, x – 4 < 0
x 2 x 4 1
x 3
1
r
4
4
log 3 e
1
300. A, D log
3 e 3
r 0 r 0 3
1 4
r
3 3 2
log e 3 1 ....
log3 e r 0 3 4 4
1
log e 3 4log e 3 log e 81
1 3
4
301. C Let I
cos3 x cos5 x
dx
cos 2 x cos 4 x cos x
dx
sin 2 sin 4 x sin 2 x 1 sin 2 x
2
2 2
1 sin x 1 sin x cos x
I dx
2
sin x 1 sin x
2
2 3sin 2 x sin 4 x cos x
dx
sin 2 x 1 sin 2 x
Put x t cos x dx dt
324
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
2 3t 2 t 4 2 6
I 4 2
dt 1 2 2 dt
t t t t 1
2
t 6 tan 1 t C
t
1
sin x 2 sin x 6 tan 1 sin x C
n
n
302 A, D Sn lim Sn lim
n n
n 2 kn k 2
k 1
n
1 1
lim
n
n 2
k 1 k k
1
n n
1 1 1
dx 2 dx 2x 1
2
2
tan 1
0 1 x x 0 1
2
3 3 3 0
x
2 2
2 1 1
tan 3 tan 1
3 3 3 3
But Tn
3 3
n 1 1 n
h f Kh f x dx h f Kh
k 0 0 k 1
1
dx
Tn 2
Sn n N
0 x x 1
Sn and Tn
3 3 3 3
3x 2 12x 1, 1 x 2
303. A, B, C f x
37 x, 2 x 3
Since f x 3x 2 12x 1
325
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
f ' x 6x 12 6 x 2 ve on 1, 2
Again xlim f x f 2 35
2
lim f ' 2 x
x 0
f 2 h f 2 37 2 h 35
lim 1
x 0 h h
f 2 h f 2 3h 2 24h
lim f ' 2 x Lt lim 24
x 0 h 0 h h 0 h
L.H.D R.H.D.
Hence f ' 2 does not exist
304.B, D
dy
dx
3 5
f ' x x e x 1 x 1 x 2 x 3 0
326
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
f x
Let h x x f ' x
h ' x 1 0 ; x
f ' x
2
f ' x is increasing function
f x f 0
x 0 0 ; g ' x 0
f ' x f ' 0
f f
306. B As the function is concave up f
2 2
327
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
1
a
2
Area of segment i.e.f x 2x x 2 , x 0,
2 2
Case II : When x AR AS
a
i.e. x , 2a
2
CP CQ 2 2a x
2
Area of segment f x a 2 2a x
a
x 2a ; i.e, f : 0, 2 a 0,a 2
2,
a
x2 , 0x
2
f x
a
2
a 2 2a x , xa
2
a a2
When 0 x ,f x x 2 ,0 f x
2 2
a2 a
Put x f x f x x,0 x ,0 f 1 x
1 1 2
2 2
a2
f 1 x x ,0 x
2
a
a2
2
When 2a,f x a 2 2a x , f x a2
2 2
2
Put x f 1 x , x a 2 2a f 1 x
a2 a
x a2 , f 1 x 2a
2 2
2
2a f 1 x a 2 x
2a f 1 x a 2 x ; f 1 x 2a a 2 x
a
Neglecting positive sign since f 1 x 2a
2
f 1 x 2a a 2 x
328
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
a2
x, 0x
f 1 x 2
2a a 2 x a2
x a2
2
For a = 2
x2 , 0x 2
f x
2
4 2 2 x , 2 x 4
x 0x2
And f x
1
2 2 4 x 2 x4
Domain of f 1 x f x is when f 1 x f x 0
Case I : 0 x 2
x x2 0 x 1 x 3
2
0
0 x 1
Case II : 2 x 2
f 1 x x i.e.f 1 x 2 4 , 2
1
2
And f x 4 2 2 x ,f x 2,8 2 1
Hence f 1 x f x 0x
a
x2 , 0x
2
f x
a
2
a 2 2a x , xa
2
329
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
a2
x, 0x
f 1 x 2
2
2a a 2 x , a x a 2
2
a2 a
Exactly three solutions exist if i.e.a 2
2 2
309-310 A For interal x 0,
2
sin x cos x
I
tan x cot x dx
cos x
sin x
dx
sin x cos x
dx 2
sin x cos x dx
sin x cos x sin 2x
sin x cos x
2 dx 2 sin 1 sin x cos x c
1 sin x cos x
2
I 2 sin 1 sin x cos x c x 0,
2
sin x cos x
I 2 tan 1 c
1 sin x cos x 2
sin x cos x
I 2 tan 1 c
2 sin x cos x
tan x cos x
I 2 tan 1 c
2
3
x 0, for int erval x ,
2 2
sin x cos x
I
tan x cot x dx
sin x cos x
dx
330
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
sin x cos x
I
tan x cot x dx
sin x cos x
dx
3
I 2 sin 1 cos x sin x c x ,
2
cos x sin x
I 2 tan 1 c
1 cos x sin x 2
cos x sin x
I 2 tan 1 c
2 sin x cos x
311. B
312. A
313. A
314. B x n 1 x 3 n 2
315. A
316. C
331
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
3
f , 0; 3 2 e 2 2e 6 0
6
317. B
2
3 3
0
2 2
e 2 2e 6 0; 2 3 e 2 0
2, 3
x y
318. D Let equation of straight line r
cos sin
B r2 cos , r2 sin
C r3 cos q , r3 sin
A lies on x 2, r1 cos 2
2
r1 ..... 1
cos
3
B lies on y = 3, r2 si 3, r2 ..... 2
sin
and C lines on x+y = 8
r3 cos r3 sin 8
r1r2 r3 48 2
2 3 8
48 2
cos sin sin cos
sin 2 sin , 1
4
8
r1 2 2, r2 3 2, r3
Both sin 2 and sin should be equal to1, so then 4 2
4 4 2
Hence, OA+ OB + OC = r1 r2 r3 9 2
332
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
319. B Particle moves 1 radian on each circle starts from P 1,0 . To cross x - axis again should
cover radians, hence will be on 4th circle.
point 4,0
3
and to cross positive y axis radian i.e. 5th circle
2
point 0,5
320. A Angular distance travelled from starting of motion on one circle to reach to other is 1
4
.
on 4th circle particle will cross the positive x-axis again x 2 2, 4
321-322 A &C Foot of perpendicular from focus S(h, k) on the tangent y = 4 is (h, 4) which lies on
line x + y - 5 = 0
K
Let side of square be K then 4 2
2
333
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
n n 1
i.e. either 9, 10 or11
2
but n n 1 18 or 22 n n 1 20 n 4
Z 100
sin 1 sin 10
3 10
324. D We have sin 3 10o sin 3 50o sin 3 70o
1
4
3 sin 10o sin 30o 3sin 50o sin 150o 3sin 70o sin 210o
1
4
3
3 sin 10o sin 50o sin 70o
2
1
4
3
3 sin 10o 2 cos 60o sin 10o
2
3
8
325. A, D
2
cos x
1
2
cos x
1 tan 2 2y 3 sin 3z 4
1
Since, c os 2 x 2
2, 1 tan 2 2y 1, 2 3 sin 3z 4
cos x
so, the only possibility is
1
cos 2 x 2
2, 1 tan 2 2y 1, 3 sin 3z 2
cos x
cos x 1 x n
m
tan 2y 0 y
2
sin 3z 1 z 4k 1 ; m, n, k 1
6
334
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
326. A, C a 2iˆ ˆj kˆ
b ˆi 2ˆj kˆ
c ˆi ˆj 2kˆ
Any vector r in the plane of b and c is
r b t c
ˆi 2ˆj kˆ t ˆi ˆj 2kˆ
1 t ˆi 2 t ˆj 1 2t kˆ
1 t ˆi 2 t ˆj 1 2t kˆ
2
Projection of r on a is
3
r a 2
a 3
2 1 t 2 t 1 2t 2
6 3
2 2t 2 t 1 2t 2
6 3
1 t
2
t 1 or 3
2 3 3
t 3
Put t 1 and 3 in equation (i) we have
r 2iˆ ˆj 5kˆ or r 2 i 3 j 3k
327. A, C As w is a vector dot product with u which is meaningful and u is a scalar hence
w is a scalar multiple.
328. A, C Let be the angle between unit vector a and b . Since a and b are non-collinear, therefore
0, and we have
a b a b cos cos
335
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
2 2 2
Now, u a a b b a cos b
2 2
a cos 2 b 2 cos a b
2 2
u or u
Also, u a a a b b a
2
a a a b b a a cos 2
1 cos 2 sin 2
u u a sin sin 2
Next u b a b a b b b
ab ab 0
u u b u 0 u
Also u a b u a u b
ua
u u a b u u a
f 5 0 f 5 f 0 2 2f 0
f 0 1
Now, given that
f 0 h f 0
f ' 0 3 lim 3
h 0 h
f 0 f h f 0
lim 3
h 0 h
336
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
Using f x y f x f y
f h 1
lim 3 ...... 1 Using f 0 1
h 0 h
f 5 h f 5
Now, f ' 5 lim
h 0 h
f 5 f h f 5 Using
lim
h 0 h f x y f x f y
2f h 2
lim
h 0 h
Using f 5 2
f h 1
2 lim 23 6 Using eq. 1
h 0 h
3 5 1 5
330. , For x 5, 5 , the values are
2 2
3 5 3 5 1 5 1 5
x , , ,
2 2 2 2
x , 2n 1 x 2n
331. 4 f x
1 x , 2n x 2n 1
2
I 2 5 f x cos xdx
0
1 2
I 10 1 x cos xdx x 1 cos xdx 10 I1 I2
0 1
337
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
2
I 2 x 1 cos xdx
1
1
I 2 t cos tdt x 1 t
0
1 1
We have I1 1 x cos xdx x cos xdx
0 0
1 x sin x cos x
1
I 10 2 x cos xdx 20
2 0
0
1 1 40
20 2 2 2
2 40
We have answer 4
10 2
sec2 x cos x cot x cos ec x cos 4 x cos 2 x
cos x
sec 2 x cos x 2 cos 2 x sin 2 x
sin x
sin 2 x cos 2 x sin 2 x cos3 x
sin 2 x cos5 x
338
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
2 2
f x dx sin 2 x cos5 x dx
0 0
1 4 2
2 2 5 3
8 15 32
4 15 60
0 if 0 x 1
x 2 1 if 1 x 2
333. 2 2
2 if 2 x 1.5
1.5
x 2 dx 1 0dx 2 1.dx
0 0 1 21.5
2.dx
2 1 2 1.5 2 2 1 3 2 2 2 2
y x5
2 2
334. 8 x 1 x2
y1 5x 4 1 x2
2
2 y x5 x2 1 x 2 2x
12
y1 5 8
4
2 3 6 2 2 16 1 1 3 3 4 3
1 4 2 3
t 0
339
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
1 1 log y z log z y log y x log x y log x z log z y log z x log y z log x y log x z
log x
1 0 log y z 0 log z x 0 log y x
log y
=0
z 22 z1z3
Hence z1 , z 2 , z 3 are in G.P
Since z12 z 22 z32 z1z 2 z 2 z3 z3 z1
ABC is equilateral
Also PA 2 PB2 PC2
3 z p 1 2 z1 z 1 2 z1z z1 z1 z1 6r 2 18
2 2 3 2
1 2 0 1 0 0
P 2 1 0 ; 1 0 1 0
339-340. D & C
0 0 1 0 0 1
P nI 0
1 n 2 0
0; 1 n 1 n 4) 0
2
2 1 n 0
0 0 1 n
adj N N n1n 2 n 3 9
2 2
340
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1 2 0
P 2 1 0 ; Tr P 3
0 0 1
1 2 0 1 2 0 5 4 0
P 2 1 0 2 1 0 4 5 0
2
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1
5 4 0 1 2 0 13 14 0
P 4 5 0 2 1 0 14 13 0
3
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1
Tr P 2 11;T, P 3 27
3n 2 if n is even
Tr P n n
3 if n is odd
Clearly 0, ' 0
x x 2 1 Q x ax b
1 a b 0
1 a b 352
ax+ b= 176(x-1)
341
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
AH 2 BH 2 CH 2 10
5 3
1 2. 3
2R 2 2R
2R 3 5R 6 0 ; R 2
3 9
8R 3 cos A cos Bcos C 12.
2
2R 3 4
x
n
t 8t 13 dt x sin RHS shows that x 0
2
345-346. D & B Given that
0 x
x
t2 n
Integrating LHS, we get 3 4t 13t x sin x
2
0
a 1 1
or sin X 1X 39 X 6 1
2 2
x
3 3
a
But sin 1
x
a
So sin 1 which is possible only for x = 6
x
a
Then we have sin 1
6
342
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
a
2nx
6 2
y cos a x
y 1 6 ; y 7,5
347-348. A & B z 2 1
z i 1 2 ; or x , y 1 2
y2 1 x 2
x 2 y2 1
Case - II 1
2 1 0
z 2 1 or x 2 1; y 0
roots are 2 1,0 2 1, 0
One root lies inside the unit circle and other root lies outside the unit circle
2 1 2 1 1 1
and z 1
2
2 1 2 1 2
349. C
350. A
351-352.B & D Let S1 touch the circle S at K, the rays AB and AC at M and L respectively.
We have PL = PM = PK = r1
and R = OK = OP + r1 where P is the centre of S1.
R is the circumradius of ABC, also AMPL is a square of side r1
343
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
BM AB AM c r1
LC AC AL b r2
PC 2 PL2 LC 2 r12 b r1
2
2
We get r1 = b+c- a, R2 = b+c+ a
bc
Hence r1r2 b c a b c a 2bc 4 4 area of ABC
2
344
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
Re z1z 2 0
z2 z
z1z 2 ik ; z z1 ik 2 ik
z1 z1
Also even if z1 0 or z 2 0
z1 .z 2 0
log e log e t
355. B Clearly, p log e P
log e log e t
p log e r
y 6 y ; y2 6 y
y2 y 0
y 3 y 2 0
But y 0,so y 3
logq r
Given expression logs log q r q 3
logp log t
e
q r
1 1
log 2 a log b
356. C
As, log e 2 3 3 1
log b
3 3 1
3 1
3 1
log 2 3 ab 1
Now, 2 3
12
1
1 1 1
log 2 3
2 3 ab
ab 12
12 ab 12
x 3 x 30 0 x 3 x 2 3x 10 0 x 3
358. 4 Note that lengths the direct common tangent on two circles, tangent to each other.
R1 R 2 R 1 R 2
2 2
L 2 R 1R 2
345
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
and PQ = 2 r1R 2
but PQ = PR+ RQ
2 R1R 2 2 r1R 1 2 r1R 2
r1 r1
1
R2
R1
Dividing by R1R 2
1 1 1
.......1
r1 R1 R2
1 1
2 r1
But R 1 R 2 1(Given) ; r1 22
1 1 1
Again for next circle, r R r 1 2 3 From 1 , we have R 1 r1
2 1 1
1 1
r2 rn
2 ; Parallely
n 1
2
3
1 1 1
r
r2
....
rn 22 32 .... n 1
2
n 1 1 1
2
lim 1
lim lim
x n3 x 0 n3 x n3 3
346
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
Given f x sin x ,f 0 0
a1 2a 2 .... na n 1
dy
360. 6 4x 3 27x 2 2ax 9
dx
yn 12x 2 54x 2n should have real and distict roots
243
D0a
8
C
100
tan x cot x
1 dt 1 1
363. 1 I
I/e 1 12
dt t 1 t .Putt z dt z
I/e
2 2
dz
1
tan x tan x
1 z2
I 1 t2
dt 1 1
dz
1 2
I/e e
z z
tan x tan x
1 z
t
1/e 1 t2
dt
e z 1
2
dz
tan x e
t t
1
I/e
1 t 2
dt
tan x
1 t2
dt
1 1
In 1 e2 In 1 2
2 e
1
1 2 1
2
364. 10 f(x) is continuous function 1 x 3 . Also f(x) takes only rational values for all given x, so
f(x) is constant function.
347
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
Given f 2 10
f 1.5 10
365. 4
x . y 2
x 2 and y 1
or x 2 and y 1
or x 1 and y 2
or x 1 and y 2
x 3x 4y 1 y 4x 10y 4 x 4y 5 0
x 4y 5 0
3x 4y 1 0 ; 2x 5y 2 0
3 4 1
10
x 4y 5 0 has solution 2 5 2 0.Solve
7
1 4 5
367. 8 Assuming that AB is on the line y = 2x - 17 and the coordinates of the other two vertices on
the parabola are C x1 , y1 and d x 2 , y 2 .
Then CD is on a line L whose equation is y = 2x+ b. Solving with parabola, we get
x 2 2x b x1,2 1 b 1 . Assuming there the length of one side of square is a
a 2 x1 x 2 y1 y 2 20 b ...1
2 2
Let us select a poit (6, -5) on the line y = 2x - 17, clearly the distance from the point to the line
y 2x b is a
348
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
17 b
a .... 2
5
1 c
368. 3 1 9 c 2
2 9
369. 4 Let O be (-4, 2)
OC is perpendicular to AC as OA is diameter
C bisec ts chord AB
As O is centre of bigger circle
AC 4units
370. 8 Clearly required locus is 16 y4= x2+ y2
371. 8 The points of intersection the circle and the parabola are P(1,2) Q(1, -2)
The equation of common chord is x = 1
349
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
which is the latus rectum of the parabola. The tangent at the extremities of PQ intersect on
the directrix x = -1, coordinate of T is (-1, 0)
Since length of AB = 4, sides of the square PQRS are of length 4, coordinate of R are
(+5, –2) and S are (+5, 2)
TR TS 5 1 4 40
2 2 2
TR 2 TS 2 80
8
9 9
x 4 y 3
2 2
372. 2 1
16 9
k1 k 2 132
350
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1
373. 8 Area of P1ST1 P1T1 SM
2
1
Area of P1T1S' P1T1 S'M '
2
nb 2 4 18
18 n 8 n 8
4 9
374. 8 Let vertex of parabola (h, h+4)
Equation is x h y h 4
2
5x 3y 10z 25 .... 2
Equation of plane passing through intersection of (1) and (2)
4x 7y 4z 81 (5x 3y 10z 25) 0
4 5 k 7 3 y 4 10 z 81 25 0 .... 3
Plane (3) perpendicular to (1)
So, 4 4 5 7 7 3 4 r 10 0
1
Putting 1 in 3
x 4y 6z 106 0 ...........(4)
351
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
106
k
1 16 36
k 212
377. 6 The cut x = y separates the cube into points with x<y and those with x > y
Siilarly for the other cuts.
So, number of pieces equals to the number of ways of arrangements of x, y nd z, which is
3! 6
378. 1 Let P x1 , y1 , z1 be a point on ax + by + cz = d. Then ax i byi cz i d .... 1
x i y1 z1
Let OP = r. Then dirction cosines of OP are , ,
r r r
x 0 y0 z0
Equation of lien OP is x1 y1 z1
r r r
x y z
Q 1 , 1 , 1
r r r
But coordinate of Q be , , r
r r r2
x1 , y1 ,z1
ax1 by1 cz1 d
r
a b cr d ..... ii
OP.OQ = d2 .......(iii)
a b c r d
a b c r d 2
a b c d 2 d 2
a b c d 2 2 2 2
locus of , , is ax by cz d x 2 y2 z 2
ax by cz d 1
x 2 y2 z2
352
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
2h b 2h1
379. 0 ; ; a
a a 1
b1 l
; given
a1 1
similarly
Now
2
2hh1 a1b ab1
aa1
0
gb
380. 2 Roots of x a x a 1 0are a,a 1
Roots of x a x a 2 2 are a, a 2 2
f a a a a 2 2 a 0 2a a 2 a 2 0 2a a 1 a 2 0
a , 2 0,1
1 5 1 5
f a 1 2a 1 a 1 2 a 2 2a 1 a 2 a 1 2a 1 a a
2
2
1 5 1 1 5
a , ,
2 2 2 2
1 5
a , 2 0,
2
p 2,q 0
qp2
1 x 1 x 1 x 1 x 1 x
100 100 100 100 100
= Coefficient of x in 1 x
100
0
....
x2 x4 x6 x 96 x 98
0
1 x
200
1 x 200
= Coefficient of x in x194 1 x
8
353
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
= Coefficient of x194 in 1 x
200
1 x
8 1
200 C2 200 C10 .... 200194
10
1
Number of solution 1.2 4.5 ..... 25.26 28.29 31.32 1991
30 3x 2
382. 8 C2
x 0 2
a 1, b 9 b a 8
B 11 3!2 2.8! (Consider the girl and the 2 boys as a single unit)
A 10! 45
7B 2.7.8! 7
384. 6 Shown in the figure
385. 2 Let us assume that O is the centre of the polygon and z 0 , z1 ,...., z n 1 represents the affixes of
A1 , A 2 ,...., A n, such that
12 x
z 0 1, z 2 , z 2 2 ,.....z n 1 n 1 , where e n
2 2
Now, A1A1 2 1 1 1
2 2 2
2r 2r 2rn 2r 2r
1 cos i sin 1 cos sin 2 2cos
n a n n n
n n
r 2 4 2 n 1
a A1A r 2 2cos 2 n 1 2 cos cos
2
.... cos
r 2 r 1 n n n n
2 n 1 2 Re al part of 2 .... n 1
Also, b A1A2 A1A3..... A1An 1 1 1 ......1 1 1 1 ....1
2 3 n1 2 3 n1
354
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
z 1 z z 2 ...... z n 1 z n 1
zn 1
z z 2 .... z n 1 1 z z 2 .... z n 1
z 1
a
1 1 2 .... 1 n 1 n 2
b
x1 y1 0 y1 x1 0
x2 y2 0 y2 x2 0 0
386. 0
x3 y3 0 y3 x3 0
2999 p
2sin a cos a 2sin 2a cos 2a .... 2cos 999a sin 999a
k
2999 P
2sin 2a sin 4a...sin1998a
k
sin 2a sin 4a...sin 998a sin 2 1000a sin 2 1002a .... sin 2 1998a
389. 3.00
B r
sin
2 BI
355
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
B r
cos
2 DI
C r
sin
2 CI
C r
cos
2 EI
2 2
r r C C
sin 2 .cos 2
BI 2 DI 2 sin B / 2 cos B / 2 2
2 2
2 sin C AB 9 3
Hence, CI2 EI 2 r 2 r
2
B
sin 2 .cos 2
B sin 2 B AC2 3
2 2
sin C / 2 cos C / 2
Now, x 2 y2 92
2
4n 1
2
4m 2 2 9 2
4
4n 1 4m 36
2 2
when m 0,6 4n 1 6
7 5
n
4 4
n 1,0,1
When m 1, n 1,0 ; 7solutions
Case 2 : when sinx = cos y = –1
x 2p / 2, y 22 , where p,q 1
4p 1 4q 2 36
2 2
356
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1
1 2 3 3
1
1
3
p1 p 2 p3 3 p1p 2 p3 3
3 6
abc abc
1 1
1 3
a bc 1 3
6rs 6r
abc 2 abc
a b c
1
1 3
9r 9r
3 abc
2
p1 p 2 p3 9 6
3
sin x sin 3x sin 9x
392. 6.00 0
cos3x cos9x cos 27x
2 3 4 5 6
x , , , , ,
26 26 26 26 26 26
f x h f x 0
393. 8.00 f x lim
h 0 h
f x f h h f x f x f 0 0 r x f h f 0
lim lim f x
h 0 h h 0
h 0
f ' x
f x f x ; f x dx dx
2 f x x c
x2
f x
4
357
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
1
394. 1.00 Consider g x f x x
2
1
for any x = a; g a f a a
2
1 1 1
g f a f f a f a 1 a f a a f a
2 2 2
g f a g a
Between any point a and f(a) there lies a root of g(x) .......(1)
g f x g x g f x g x 0
g f f x g f x 0
g f f x g x
g 1 x g x
Considering any n, n 1 int erval. We can see from (1) and (2) that g(x) is identically zero
1
gx 0 f x x
2
395. 6.00 The ratio must be rational
h
Suppose r
k
If there are more than six terms than the first term must be divisible by k6 and last by h6
If k 3, thenh k so h 4 but h 6 1000 so k 3
k 2 and h 3 so the first term must be a multiple of 64
The smallest is 128, but then we get only six terms 128, 192, 288, 432, 648, 972
B A 2n A 2 A 1 A
2n 2 2n 1 2 n 2
n 2
1 2 n 2
396. 0.00 A 2.2 A2
B=C
del (B – C) = 0
3 3
2n 1 2
2n 1 2
397. 4.50 f n
2
358
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
d
399. 3.50 hx
dx
f x .cos x
first find the minimum number of zerocs of f x cos x 0
f(x)= 0 has minimum 98 roots in (0, 99)
cosx = 0 has 31 roots in [0, 99]
maximum common possible root is only 1
hence minimum number of roots of f(x) cosx = 0 is 128
d
Hence
dx
f x cos x 0 has minimum 127 roots.
1
400. 5.00 After the first step 8 squars are left each with side length
3
1
After two steps 8.9- 8 = 8(9-1) = 82 squares are left with side length
32
1
After 3 steps 82.9– 82=82(9-1) =83 squares are left with side length
33
1
After n steps 8n squares are left and each has side length
3n
2 n
1 8
The sum of the areas of the squares that are left is 8 n
n
3 9
359
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
n
8
So the sum of the areas of the removed squares 1
9
n
2 8 1
Since, 1 n 5
5 9 2
According to f x dx k f x
n 1
f x k n 1 f x f x or f x
n
n 1
f x k n1 1
Integrating both sides w.r.t.x
f x
n
x
c
n k n 1
f 0
n
putting x = 0, 0c
n
O 0 c f 0 0
f x
n
x nx
f x
n
n k n 1 k n 1
n
Again, putting x = 1, then f 1 k n 1 1
n
6 6
360
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
O is x1 x 2 x 3 , y1 y2 y3 1 , 1
Similarly let G be the centroid of the triangle made by other three points
x x 5 x 6 y 4 y5 y6 1 1
G is 4 , G is ,
3 3
3 3
The point dividing OG in the ratio 3 : 1 is , 2,1 h k 3
4 4
1
1
1 1 n
. n c0 a n n c1n n 1 n c 2 n n 2 ... 1 cn 1a a 1 1 .n c n 223 1
a
n 1
a
n n
a3
f x
3
x
223
1
f 2007
3 n
2007
223
1
3 1 ;
1
223
3 1
223
1
f 2008
3 2008
223
1
3 ; f 2007 f 2008 3 then k 9
1 9
223
1
1 2 1 1
404. 2.50 m4 m m m 2 m
4 2 2
1 1 1
2k 1 2k 1 2k 1 2k 1
2 2
2k 1
4
n
2 2 1
1
4
1 1
2
8n 4n 1
2k 2k 2k 2k 2k
4 2 2
k 1
4 2 2
k1 8, k 2 4, k 3 1, k1 k 2 k 3 8 4 1 5
405. 5.00 2 cos x tan x sec x
2cos 2 x 1 sin x
2 1 sin x 1 sin x 1 sin x
Either 1+ sinx= 0 or sinx = 1/2
1
sin x 1, tan x
3
1 cos 2 x 1
d sec x cos x
cos x 2 3
361
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
1 1
I n a n 1 d n 1 3 cot x
3 2 3
n 1
1 3
2
n 5
406. 7.00 1 2x 1 2y 1 2z 1 2 x 4 xy 8xyz 4 xy 8xyz 1
1 1 2x 1 2y 1 2z
xy 2xyz
4
1
1 2x 1 2y 1 2z
27
7
xy yz zx 2xyz
27
1
Equality holds for x y z
3
7
Maximum value
27
n n
R 2 R 1
407. 5.00 P , P , in n throws
A 3 B 3
n n
1 2 11
P R , in n throws
2 3 23
n
R 12
P PA
A A 23 2n 32
P n n 5
R PR n
1 2 11
n
2 1 33
2 3 23
408. 9.00 Total number of function satisfying the given condition is 9 C1 9 C2 ...9 C8 29 2
29 2
Pr obability
1010
409. 5.00 First element of matrix A10 286
10 th
element of the sequence 1, 2,6,15,....
362
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
410. 1
411. 9.00 The given relation can be written as
a 2 b 2 ˆi njˆ
a 2 b 2 kˆ . tan Aiˆ tan Bjˆ tan Ckˆ ma
a 2 b2 n 2 n 2 b2 tan 2
A tan 2 B tan 2 C cos ma
2
m
tan 2 A tan 2 B tan 2 C sec
3
m3 m2
but sec2
3 3
m2
tan 2 A tan 2 B tan 2 C
3
m2
27 ; m2 8I
3
m 9
412. 3.00 Given R: r= 3:1, 5 = 2
ABC must be equilateral
So a b c 2R sin R 3 By sin e rule
3
2 4
1 2 1
Now, a cot A b cot B c cot C R 3 R 3
2 2
3
3
3
3 4
R R2 R3 3 32 32 39
13 3 m n
3 3 3 3 3
Hence, (m + n) = 16
1
413. 5.00 ABCD is a trapezium and its area = a b h
2
ab
Where EF (mid parallel)
2
Area = 2r(EF)
Now equation of EF is y = –x + c ..........(1)
From equation (1) passes through (r,r)
c 2r
x y 2r, henceE (2r,0) and F(0, 2r)
363
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
EF 4r 2 4r 2 2 2r
4 2 r 2 900 2, r 2 225
r 15
414. 144
sin 2r 2r 1 n
x2
104 ............. (2)
2y
x2
x. 50 ; x 3 106 ; x 102
2.104
1 1 201 m
y ; x y 100 ; m 201, n 2
2 2 2 n
S ea x e x dx ea x e x
e e 1
a a a
418. 0.25
2 2
e 2 a
0
0
S 2e
a
2
ea 1
a a 2
S e a 2e 2
1 e 2
1
364
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
a
a 2
c 2
1
S 1 e 2 1 1
lim 2 lim lim 0.25
a2 a 4
a 0 a a 0 a 0 4
4
4 2
419. 1.25 2ac = 5 and 2a = 3;
5 1 1 5
e ; e2 1 e'
e '
2
3 4
x 2 y2
420. 13.00 Given ellipse is 1
64 100
Clearly (0, 6) is one of the foci of given ellipse
According to reflection property. A ray passing through focus will pass through other B
(other focus) after reflection from ellipse. So, B is on y - axis which is also a focus i.e.,
B(0, – 6).
By distance formula BP = 13
365
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
1
421. 3.50 Clearly minimum radius . For maximum radius r. Equation of circle touching parabola is
2
x r 1
2
y2 r 2 , solving with y2 4x and taking D 0
1 7
r 4 rmax rmin 4 3.50
2 2
422. 200.00 2000x 6 100x 5 10x 3 x 2 0
2000x 6
x 10x 2 1
3
20
10x 2 1
x 1000x 6 1
2 1000x 6 1
10x 2 1
x
1000x 6 1 0 or 2
10x 2 1
x 10x 2 1
1
x2 which is not possible
10
20x 2 x 2 0
1 161
x , m 1, n 161, r 40
40
(m n r) 200
x 2 y 2 z5
423. 23.00 Equation of the line is ....1
1 3 2
Hence any point on the line (1) can be taken as x 2
y 3 2
a 9 and b 14
366
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
Hence, a+ b = 23
1 1
x1000 x 900 x 6 ....
424. 2000.00 x x 1. Hence x1000 x 900 x 90 x 6 1996 2000
2000 x
a b c . Therefore sample space a, b,c 1,1,1 ,......, 6,6,6 of which 3 cases satisfy
1
a b c 12 to lie inside the specified tetrahedron. Required probability 0.50 .
2
426. 21.00 For x, y,z R
x 2 y2 z 2 xy yz zx 0
x y z 3 xy yz zx
2
a 2 3b
a= 1, no value of b is possible
a =2 b=1
a=3 b = 1, 2. 3
a=4 b = 1, 2, 3, 4
a=5 b = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
a=6 b = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
Hence, required number of ordered pairs (a, b) = 21
427. 30.00 a0
1 1 1
log a 30
log 5 a log 2 a log 3 a
a 30
428. 0.50
367
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
3 1
c a = c a d p f p c p
2
4 2
3
k
2
x 2
2
429. 10.25 y2 4
2r2 9 36 2 45 2
2r1 45 2
41
4r1r2 45 4 41 r1r2
4
p
430. 23.00 Distinct numbers of the form q are 36 minus the number of numbers where greatest of p and
q is more than 1. Number of such numbers is 23.
1 0 1 0 1 0
431. 100.00 A2
k 1 k 1 2k 1
1 0 1 0 1 0
A3
2k 1 k 1 3k 1
1 0
A100
100k 1
So, 100
4 4 20
2
log/10x log/10 x
432. 3.20
Let 4 log/10 t x
t2 t 2 0
t 2 t 1 0
x
2
4 log10
log10 x log 4 2
2
x 10log 4
c 2
Now, a log b 10log 4
a 10, b 4,c 2
a b c 16
368
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1 1
433. 2.00 Let x log a 4 ab log b 4 ab
4
log a ab log b ab
4
2 log a b log b a
1 1 1 1
2 log a b log a b
2 log a b 2 log a b
1
log a b
Similarly, y log 4 b log 4 a log a b
a b
a b 2
b a 1
1 1 1 1
x y log a b log a b ; x y
2 log a b log a b log a b
2
x y log a b
2
2a 2 b2 b2
434. 3.00 Using consine rule, we get cos 108 o
2a 2
1 2
2a
b2 3 5 1
2 1 cos 2 1
a 2
5 4
3 5 3 5
2
4 2
a 2 b2
So, 2 2
2
3 5 2 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5
3
b a 3 5 2 4 2 2 2
435. 2.00 Given, AM – MA = 1
We can write AM – MA = AA–1 AM MA AA 1 AM A M A 1
det AM det A M A 1
369
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
3 1
2 2
M
1 3
2 2
A B C D 2 0 ... 2
From equation (1), we get D = – A– B– C– 2
f x Ax 3 Bx 2 Cx A B C 2
f x 2 A x 3 1 B x 2 1 C x 1
f ' 1 0
3A 2B C 0 ... 3
370
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
f ' 1 0
3A 2B C 0 ..... 4
f x x 3 3x
12 5 2 6
Appling the condition, we get f x 2x x x
4
5 3
441-442. B&A Let x tan 2 dx 4 tan 3 sec2 d
1 x sec
sec 1
(I) I tan 2 tan sec 1 dx tan 2 tan tan 2 tan dx
1 1
4 4 5
tan .4 tan 3 sec 2 d tan 5 C x 4 C
5 5
4 54
tan dx tan .4 tan 3 sec 2 d x C
5
1 1 1 tan 2
(III) 2 sin 1 tan 2 dx 4 0
1 tan
I 4 .4 tan 3 sec2 d tan .4 tan 3 sec 2 d
4 4
1 tan
4
4 54
4 tan 4 sec 2 d x C
5
sec 1 sec 1
(IV) I tan .tan 2 tan
2 1
dx
sec 1 sec 1
5
tan 2 .tan dx tan .4 tan 3 sec 2 d x 4 C
4 4
371
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
1
PAB and SA 5,SB 2 ; SA.SB 10 or using property SA. SB =(SP)2
2
and image of focus (1, 0) about any of the tangent lies on the directrix
445-446. D&A (I) 8t
(II) 3 6! 11C6
(III) 6 C3 .8!
9! 9!
(IV) 9! C1.2! . 2!.
2
2! 3!
447-448. B&C Units digit will be 1,3,7 or 9 when all chosen numbers have 1,3,7 or 9 at units place, so
n
4
probability is
10
n n
8 4
P 2, 4,6 or 8 P k 0,5 P 1,3,7 or 9
10 10
5n 4 n
P 5 P 1,3,5,7 or 9 P 1,3, 7 or 9
10n
P 0 1 P 1,3,7 or 9 P 2, 4,6 or 8 P 5
449-450. C&B For position vector P
3b 2a
a 2b 2 3 2
5 5 ; 1 5 1 and 5 1 5 1
1 1
372
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
9 4
and
10 15
1 2 3
Ar OPA
1
2
OP OA
2 19
3b 2a a
19
ba 3
1 3b 2a 2 2b 3
1
Ar PQBR OQ OB OP OR
2 2 5
b
19
3b 2a
5 19
ab
4x
f1 x sgn x 2 x 1
2
1 3 3
Clearly, x x 1 x which is
2
2 4 4
sgn x 2 x 1 1
3 ; 2 x
2
2 ;
x
2 4
1 ;
x0
4x 4
f1 x
0 ;
0 x
4
1 ; x
4 2
2 ; x2
2
Clearly f1 is discontinuous and hence non- derivable at 5 points viz. x , ,0, ,
2 4 4 2
2x 1
(B) f 2 x cos sgn cos
1
, ;
2
373
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
2x 1
cos cos x sin x
2 2
2 ; x 2
0 ; x 2 0 ; 2 x 1
1 ; 2 x 1
; x 1
0 ; x 1 2
; 1 x 0
1 ; 1 x 0
0 ; x 0 f 2 x cos 1 sgn sin x ; x0
1 ; 0 x 1 2
0 ; 0 x 1
0 ; x 1
; x 1
1 ; 1 x 2 2
0 ; x 2 ; 1 x 2
2 ; x2
Also, R f 0, ,
2
2
3 1 1 3
x 2, , 1, ,0, ,1, , 2
2 2 2 2
374
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1
Also R f 0 ,1
3
2
(D) f 4 x x 2 x 2
x 4 ; 2 x 1
x 1 ; 1 x 0
x ; 0 x 1
x x
2
x 1 ; 1 x 2
6 ; x2
1 3 1 1
but f and f
2 2 2 2
f 4 is many one but not even
452. A) r,s B) p, q C) p, t D) q, r
Let number of numbers before a 1 is x o and number of numbers between
a i 1 and a i x i for i 1, 2,3, 4 and number of number after a 5 x 5
Now consider the equation: x 0 x1 x 2 x 3 x 4 x 5 13
(A) if a i 1 a i 2i 1,2,3, 4 then number of such selection
= number of integral solutions of x 0 x1 x 2 x 3 x 4 x 5 13 under the restriction
x0 , x5 0
x1 , x 2 , x 3 , x 4 1
5
375
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
453. A) q B) p C) s D) r
DGC DPC B and CD PG PD DG
Clearly incentre (10, 15) of DEF is orthocentre of ABC and mirror image of orthocentre
about any side ofo triangle, lies on its circumcircle.
be 35 2 10 5 7
sin Bsin C 10 units
4R 2 4 25 25 50
376
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
454. A) s B) p C) q D) q
1
Let E be the event of getting 2 head 1 tail P A P B P C
3
9
Using Bayes’ theorem P A / E
25
32
P B / E
75
455. A) q B) s C) p D) p
A K asPPT 1 as P is orthogonal
1 2k 4k
AK
k 1 2k
T P T SE P BK
6 a k 1
k
B a
K
a 1
0 1
3x
f 0
2
B P A B 1
(C) P A BC
P A BC 5
3 3
(D) cos 4x 3x 2 0 1 3x 3x 0 i.e.x 4, 2 0, 2
1 3 3
2x 3! 2x 3!
also is is defined x 2 and 2x 3 W
x2 x2
1
x 1,0,
2
377
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
457. A) r B) t C) t D) q
x
(A) tan x
z 4
From graph, the equation has 3 solutions in ,
1 1
(B) sin x 1 cos 2x 5
2 2
x 2 1 2x 2 5
x 2 2 x 2 (Two solutions)
x
(C) x 2x sin 1 0
4 2 2
2
2
x 4 x
x 2 sin 2 1 sin 1
2 2
x 1 is the solution
458. A) p, r,s B) p C) t D) q
(A) x = 9; x = 1
y = 8; y = 2
z= 5, z= 3
Possible edges are 8, 6, 2
(B) 3k 1, 4k 1,12k 1 is the point
So, 9k 2 16k 2 144k 2 169
k 1 and po int is 4,5,13)
(D) ˆi ˆj ˆj kˆ ˆi j kˆ
Unit vector perpendicular as to the plane of similarly other two unit vector are
ˆi j and ˆj kˆ is 1 ˆi ˆj kˆ
3
3
1 ˆ ˆ ˆ
i j k and1
3
ˆi ˆj kˆ
378
[Physics+Chemistry+Maths]
1 1
1
1 4
v nˆ 1 nˆ 2 nˆ 3 1 1
1
3 3 3 3
1 1 1
459. A) r B) p C) q, t D) s
9
1 1 18 17
(A) x x 2 a 0 x a1x .... a 36 x
2 18
x x
Put x=1and –1, and odd
We get, a 0 a 2 .... a 36 28 217
226
We get, a 0 a 4 a 8 a12 .... a 36 224
4
(C) 20
C2 2, 20 C3 3,20 C4 ..... 19.20 C20 x 20
divide by x, and differentiae both sides, 20 C2 2.20 C3 19.20 C20 18 219 1
460. A) t B) r C) s D) p
3x x z / 2 3x x z / 2 7 x z
(A) 1
xzx xzz 2 z x
x z
2
z x
Expression is 7 1 8
(B) x1 x 2 x 2 1
x1 x 2 x 2 1
1 1 1
x2 0
3 27 9 3
1 3 9 27 9 27 2
(C) Let the roots be 3, , , 3
Sum of roots, 4 16
379
[Jee Advanced Brain Bank]
4
5
Also, 2 1 or .2 1 1
9
Roots are 1,3,5,7 or 7, 5, 3, 1
d 2 or d 2 2d 2 4 12
r3 1
r 1, , 2
1 cos 2x 1 cos 2x
461-463. A,D&D f x 7 cos 2 x 6sin x cos x sin 2 x 7 3sin 2x
2 2
3sin 2x 4cos 2x 3 ; 2 f x 8
13 3 3
(II) f x 5cos x 3cos x 3 cos x sin x 3 4 f x 10
2
2 2
3
1 sin 2 2x 0 sin 2 x 1
4
1 1 1 1
f x 1 ; (IV) f x cos 3x f x
4 4 4 4
a b b 2 4a b b 2 4a
464-466. D,A&D If z b wherea 0 and b 0, then z
z 2 2
a b b 2 4a b b 2 4a
(I) If z b wherea 0 and b 0, then z
z 2 2
(II) a 2 and b 4 2 6 z 2 6
(III) a 3 and b 6 3 2 3 z 3 2 3
(IV) a 8, b 7 1 z 8
380